Linux Tips

Mike Chirico ([email protected]) or (mchirico@gmail.
com)
Copyright (C) 2004 (GNU Free Documentation License)
Last Updated: Sat May 14 19:55:58 EDT 2011
Currently 287 tips.
The latest version of this document can be found at:
http://chirico.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/Documentation/Articles/Linux/How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt
Or you can download the document:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt?download
For tips on Gmail with Postix and Fetchmail

http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/postfix_tutorial.html
For tips on using SQLite (over 25 pages)
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_sqlite_tutorial.html?download
For tips on MySQL reference:

http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_mysql.txt?download
For a recommended reading list

http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/Recommended_Reading.html?download
For tips on upgrading RedHat 9 or 8.0 to 2.6.x src kernel

http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_26.txt?download
For tips on Comcast Email with Home Linux Box

http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_COMCAST_EMAIL.txt?download
**Note, if you want email notification after every 50 new tips have been
added, then, click on the following link:
https://sourceforge.net/project/filemodule_monitor.php?filemodule_id=120838
TIP 1:
Is NTP Working?
STEP 1 (Test the current server):
Try issuing the following command:
$ ntpq -pn
remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter
===================================================
tock.usno.navy 0.0.0.0 16 u - 64 0 0.000 0.000 4000.00
The above is an example of a problem.
Compare it to a working configuration.
$ ntpq -pn
remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter
========================================================
+128.4.40.12 128.4.40.10 2 u 107 128 377 25.642 3.350 1.012
127.127.1.0 127.127.1.0 10 l 40 64 377 0.000 0.000 0.008
+128.91.2.13 128.4.40.12 3 u 34 128 377 21.138 6.118 0.398
*192.5.41.41 .USNO. 1 u 110 128 377 33.69 9.533 3.534

STEP 2 (Configure the /etc/ntp.conf):
$ cat /etc/ntp.conf
# My simple client-only ntp configuration.
server timeserver1.upenn.edu
# ping -a timeserver1.upenn.edu shows the IP address 128.91.2.13
# which is used in the restrict below
restrict 128.91.2.13
server tock.usno.navy.mil
server 128.4.40.12
server 127.127.1.0 # local clock
fudge 127.127.1.0 stratum 10
driftfile /etc/ntp/drift
restrict default ignore
restrict 127.0.0.0 mask 255.0.0.0
authenticate no
STEP 3 (Configure /etc/ntp/step-tickers):
The values for server above are placed in the "/etc/ntp/step-tickers" file
$ cat /etc/ntp/step-tickers
timeserver1.upenn.edu
tock.usno.navy.mil
128.4.40.12
The startup script /etc/rc.d/init.d/ntpd will grab the servers in this
file and execute the ntpdate command as follows:
/usr/sbin/ntpdate -s -b -p 8 timeserver1.upenn.edu
Why? Because if the time is off ntpd will not start. The command above set the
clock. If System Time deviates from true time by more than 1000 seconds, then,
the ntpd daemon will enter panic mode and exit.
STEP 4 (Restart the service and check):
Issue the restart command
/etc/init.d/ntpd restart
check the values for "ntpq -pn",
which should match step 1.
ntpq -pn
SPECIAL NOTE:
Time is always stored in the kernel as the number of seconds since
midnight of the 1st of January 1970 UTC, regardless of whether the
hardware clock is stored as UTC or not. Conversions to local time
are done at run-time. So, it's easy to get the time in different
timezones for only the current session as follows:
$ export TZ=EST
$ date
Mon Aug 2 10:34:04 EST 2004
$ export TZ=NET
$ date
Mon Aug 2 15:34:18 NET 2004
The following are possible values for TZ:

Hours From Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) Value Description
0 GMT Greenwich Mean Time
+1 ECT European Central Time
+2 EET European Eastern Time
+2 ART
+3 EAT Saudi Arabia
+3.5 MET Iran
+4 NET
+5 PLT West Asia
+5.5 IST India
+6 BST Central Asia
+7 VST Bangkok
+8 CTT China
+9 JST Japan
+9.5 ACT Central Australia
+10 AET Eastern Australia
+11 SST Central Pacific
+12 NST New Zealand
-11 MIT Samoa
-10 HST Hawaii
-9 AST Alaska
-8 PST Pacific Standard Time
-7 PNT Arizona
-7 MST Mountain Standard Time
-6 CST Central Standard Time
-5 EST Eastern Standard Time
-5 IET Indiana East
-4 PRT Atlantic Standard Time
-3.5 CNT Newfoundland
-3 AGT Eastern South America
-3 BET Eastern South America
-1 CAT Azores
DST timezone
0
+400
+500
+600
+700
+800
+900
+1000
-100
-700
-1000
-1200
BST for British Summer.

ADT for Atlantic Daylight.
EDT for Eastern Daylight.
CDT for Central Daylight.
MDT for Mountain Daylight.
PDT for Pacific Daylight.
YDT for Yukon Daylight.
HDT for Hawaii Daylight.
MEST for Middle European Summer,
MESZ for Middle European Summer,
SST for Swedish Summer and FST for French Summer.
WADT for West Australian Daylight.
EADT for Eastern Australian Daylight.
NZDT for New Zealand Daylight.
The following is an example of setting the TZ environment variable

for the timezone, only when timezone changes go into effect.
$ export TZ=EST+5EDT,M4.1.0/2,M10.5.0/2
Take a look at the last line "M10.5.0/2". What does it mean? Here is the
documentation
Mm.w.d This specifies day d (0 <= d <= 6) of week w (1 <= w <= 5) of

month m (1 <= m <= 12). Week 1 is the first week in which day d
occurs and week 5 is the last week in which day d occurs. Day 0
is a Sunday.
The time fields specify when, in the local time currently in
effect, the change to the other time occurs.
If omitted,
the default is
02:00:00.
So this is what it means. M10 stands for October, the 5 is the fifth week
that includes a Sunday (note 0 in M10.5.0/2 is Sunday). To see that it is
the fifth week see the calendar below. The time change occurs a 2am in
the morning. (Special Note: In 2007, DST was extended. See TIP 230).
October
Su Mo Tu We Th Fr
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
Sa
2
9
16
23
30
Prove it. Take the following program sunrise, which can calcuates sunrise
and sunset for an latitude and longitude. This program can be downloaded
from the following location:
http://sourceforge.net/direct-dl/mchirico/souptonuts/working_with_time.tar.gz
Below is a bash script that will run the program for the next 100 days.
#!/bin/bash
# program: next100days Mike Chirico
# download:
# http://sourceforge.net/direct-dl/mchirico/souptonuts/working_with_time.tar.gz
#
# This will calculate the sunrise and sunset for
# latitude
39.95 Note must convert to degrees
# longitude 75.15 Note must convert to degrees
lat=39.95
long=75.15
for (( i=0; i <= 100; i++))
do
sunrise
`date -d "+$i day" "+%Y %m %d"` $lat $long
done
Take a look at the following sample output.
$ export TZ=EST+5EDT,M4.1.0/2,M10.5.0/2
$ ./next100days
Sunrise 08-24-2004
Sunrise 08-25-2004
Sunrise 08-26-2004
Sunrise 08-27-2004
Sunrise 08-28-2004
Sunrise 08-29-2004
Sunrise 08-30-2004
Sunrise 08-31-2004
Sunrise 09-01-2004
Sunrise 09-02-2004
..[values omitted ]
Sunrise 10-28-2004
Sunrise 10-29-2004
Sunrise 10-30-2004
Sunrise 10-31-2004
Sunrise 11-01-2004
Sunrise 11-02-2004
06:21:12
06:22:09
06:23:06
06:24:03
06:25:00
06:25:56
06:26:53
06:27:50
06:28:46
06:29:43
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
08-24-2004
08-25-2004
08-26-2004
08-27-2004
08-28-2004
08-29-2004
08-30-2004
08-31-2004
09-01-2004
09-02-2004
19:43:42
19:42:12
19:40:41
19:39:09
19:37:37
19:36:04
19:34:31
19:32:57
19:31:22
19:29:47
07:25:31
07:26:38
07:27:46
06:28:53
06:30:01
06:31:10
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
Sunset
10-28-2004
10-29-2004
10-30-2004
10-31-2004
11-01-2004
11-02-2004
18:02:34
18:01:19
18:00:06
16:58:54
16:57:44
16:56:35
Compare 10-30-2004 with 10-31-2004. Sunrise is an hour earlier because

daylight saving time has ended, just as predicted.
There is an easier way to switch between timezones. Take a look at the
directory zoneinfo as follows:
$ ls /usr/share/zoneinfo
Africa
America
Antarctica
Arctic
Asia
Atlantic
Australia
Brazil
Canada
CET
Chile
CST6CDT
Cuba
EET
Egypt
Eire
EST
EST5EDT
Etc
Europe
Factory
GB
GB-Eire
GMT
GMT0
GMT-0
GMT+0
Greenwich
Hongkong
HST
Iceland
Indian
Iran
iso3166.tab
Israel
Jamaica
Japan
Kwajalein
Libya
MET
Mexico
Mideast
MST
MST7MDT
Navajo
NZ
NZ-CHAT
Pacific
Poland
Portugal
posix
posixrules
PRC
PST8PDT
right
ROC
ROK
Singapore
SystemV
Turkey
UCT
Universal
US
UTC
WET
W-SU
zone.tab
Zulu
TZ can be set to any one of these files. Some of these are directories and contain
subdirectories, such as ./posix/America. This way you don not have to enter the
timezone, offset, and range for dst, since it has already been calculated.
$ export TZ=:/usr/share/zoneinfo/posix/America/Aruba
$ export TZ=:/usr/share/zoneinfo/Egypt
Reference:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cpearls/date_calc.tar.gz?download
Also see (TIP 27).
Also see (TIP 103) using chrony which is very similiar to ntpd.
Note time settings can usually be found in /etc/sysconfig/clock
TIP 2:
cpio works like tar, only better.
STEP 1 (Create two directories with data ../dir1 an ../dir2)
mkdir -p ../dir1
mkdir -p ../dir2
cp /etc/*.conf ../dir1/.
cp /etc/*.cnf ../dir2/.
Which will backup all your cnf and conf files.
STEP 2 (Piping the files to tar)
cpio works like tar but can take input
from the "find" command.
$ find ../dir1/ | cpio -o --format=tar > test.tar
or
$ find ../dir1/ | cpio -o -H tar > test2.tar
Same command without the ">"
$ find ../dir1/ | cpio -o --format=tar -F test.tar
or
$ find ../dir1/ | cpio -o -H tar -F test2.tar
Using append
$ find ../dir1/ | cpio -o --format=tar -F test.tar
or
$ find ../dir2/ | cpio -o --format=tar --append -F test.tar
STEP 3 (List contents of the tar file)
$ cpio -it < test.tar
or
$ cpio -it -F test.tar
STEP 4 (Extract the contents)

$ cpio -i -F test.tar
TIP 3:
Working with tar. The basics with encryption.
STEP 1 (Using the tar command on the directory /stuff)
Suppose you have a directory /stuff
To tar everything in stuff to create a ".tar" file.
$ tar -cvf stuff.tar stuff
Which will create "stuff.tar".
STEP 2 (Using the tar command to create a ".tar.gz" of /stuff)
$ tar -czf stuff.tar.gz stuff
STEP 3 (List the files in the archive)
$ tar -tzf stuff.tar.gz
or
$ tar -tf stuff.tar
STEP 4 (A way to list specific files)
Note, pipe the results to a file and edit
$ tar -tzf stuff.tar.gz > mout
Then, edit mout to only include the files you want
$ tar -T mout -xzf stuff.tar.gz
The above command will only get the files in mout.
Of couse, if you want them all
$ tar -xzf stuff.tar.gz
STEP 5 (ENCRYPTION)
$ tar -zcvf - stuff|openssl des3 -salt -k secretpassword | dd of=stuff.des3
This will create stuff.des3...don't forget the password you
put in place of secretpassword. This can be done interactively as
well.
$ dd if=stuff.des3 |openssl des3 -d -k secretpassword|tar zxf NOTE:
above there is a "-" at the end... this will

extract everything.
TIP 4:
Creating a Virtual File System and Mounting it with a Loopback Device.
STEP 1 (Construct a 10MB file)
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/disk-image count=20480
By default dd uses block of 512 so the size will be 20480*512
STEP 2 (Make an ext2 or ext3 file system) -- ext2 shown here.

$ mke2fs -q
or if you want ext3
$ mkfs -t ext3 -q /tmp/disk-image
yes, you can even use reiser, but you'll need to create a bigger
disk image. Something like "dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/disk-image count=50480".
$ mkfs -t reiserfs -q /tmp/disk-image
Hit yes for confirmation.
It only asks this because it's a file
STEP 3 (Create a directory "virtual-fs" and mount. This has to be done as root)
$ mkdir /virtual-fs
$ mount -o loop=/dev/loop0 /tmp/disk-image /virtual-fs
SPECIAL NOTE: if you mount a second device you will have to increase the
loop count: loop=/dev/loop1, loop=/dev/loop2, ... loop=/dev/loopn
Now it operates just like a disk. This virtual filesystem can be mounted
when the system boots by adding the following to the "/etc/fstab" file. Then,
to mount, just type "mount /virtual-fs".
/tmp/disk-image /virtual-fs ext2
rw,loop=/dev/loop0 0 0
STEP 4 (When done, umount it)

$ umount /virtual-fs
SPECIAL NOTE: If you are using Fedora core 2, in the /etc/fstab you can take
advantage of acl properties for this mount. Note the acl next to the
rw entry. This is shown here with ext3.
/tmp/disk-image
/virtual-fs ext3
rw,acl,loop=/dev/loop1 0 0
Also, if you are using Fedora core 2 and above, you can mount the file
on a cryptoloop.
$ dd if=/dev/urandom of=disk-aes count=20480
$ modprobe loop
$ modprobe cryptoloop
$ modprobe aes
$ losetup -e aes /dev/loop0 disk-aes
$ mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0
$ mount -o loop,encryption=aes disk-aes <mount point>
If you do not have Fedora core 2, then, you can build the kernel from source
with some of the following options (not complete, yet)
reference:
http://cvs.sourceforge.net/viewcvs.py/cpearls/cpearls/src/posted_on_sf/acl/ehd.pdf?rev=1.1&view=log
Cryptographic API Support (CONFIG_CRYPTO)
generic loop cryptographic (CONFIG_CRYPTOLOOP)
Cryptographic ciphers (CONFIG_CIPHERS)
Enable one or more ciphers (CONFIG CIPHER .*) such as AES.
HELPFUL INFORMATION: It is possible to bind mount partitions, or associate the

mounted partition to a directory name.
# mount --bind
/virtual-fs
/home/mchirico/vfs
Also, if you want to see what filesystems are currently mounted, "cat" the
file "/etc/mtab"
$ cat /etc/mtab
Also see TIP 91.
TIP 5:
Setting up 2 IP address on "One" NIC. This example is on ethernet.
STEP 1 (The settings for the initial IP address)
$ cat /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0
DEVICE=eth0
BOOTPROTO=static
BROADCAST=192.168.99.255
IPADDR=192.168.1.155
NETMASK=255.255.252.0
NETWORK=192.168.1.0
ONBOOT=yes
STEP 2 (2nd IP address: )
$ cat /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0:1
DEVICE=eth0:1
BOOTPROTO=static
BROADCAST=192.168.99.255
IPADDR=192.168.1.182
NETMASK=255.255.252.0
NETWORK=192.168.1.0
ONBOOT=yes
SUMMARY
Note, in STEP 1 the filename is "ifcfg-eth0", whereas in

STEP 2 it's "ifcfg-eth0:1" and also not the matching
entries for "DEVICE=...". Also, obviously, the
"IPADDR" is different as well.
TIP 6:
Sharing Directories Among Several Users.
Several people are working on a project in "/home/share"
and they need to create documents and programs so that
others in the group can edit and execute these documents
as needed. Also see (TIP 186) for adding existing users
to groups.
$
$
$
$
/usr/sbin/groupadd share
chown -R root.share /home/share
/usr/bin/gpasswd -a <username> share
chmod 2775 /home/share
ls -ld /home/share
drwxrwsr-x
2 root
share
4096 Nov 8 16:19 /home/share
^---------- Note the s bit, which was set with the chmod 2775
cat /etc/group
...
share:x:502:chirico,donkey,zoe
...
^------- users are added to this group.
The user may need to login again to get access. Or, if the user is currently
logged in, they can run the following command:
$ su - <username>
Note, the above step is recommended over "newgrp - share" since currently
newgrp in FC2,FC3, and FC4 gets access to the group but the umask is not
correctly formed.
As root you
can test their account.
$ su - <username>
"You need to '-' to pickup thier environment
'$ su - chirico' "
Note: SUID, SGID, Sticky bit. Only the left most octet is examined, and "chmod 755" is used
as an example of the full command. But, anything else could be used as well. Normally
you'd want executable permissions.
Octal digit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Binary value
Meaning
000
all cleared
001
sticky
010
setgid
011
setgid, sticky
100
setuid
101
setuid, sticky
110
setuid, setgid
111
setuid, setgid, sticky
Example usage
$ chmod 0755 or chmod 755
$ chmod 1755
$ chmod 2755
$ chmod 3755
$ chmod 4755
$ chmod 5755
$ chmod 6755
$ chmod 7755
A few examples applied to a directory below. In the first example all users in the group can
add files to directory "dirA" and they can delete their own files. Users cannot delete other
user's files.
Sticky bit:
$ chmod 1770
dirA
Below files created within the directory have the group ID of the directory, rather than that
of the default group setting for the user who created the file.
Set group ID bit:
$ chmod 2755 dirB
TIP 7:
Getting Infomation on Commands
The "info" is a great utility for getting information about the system.
Here's a quick key on using "info" from the terminal prompt.
'q' exits.
'u' moves up
'n' moves to
'p' moves to
'space' goes
to the table of contents of the current section.

the next chapter.
the previous chapter.
into the selected section.
The following is a good starting point:

$ info coreutils
Need to find out what a certain program does?
$ whatis open
open
(2) - open and possibly create a file or device
open
(3) - perl pragma to set default PerlIO layers for input and output
open
(3pm) - perl pragma to set default PerlIO layers for input and output
open
(n)
- Open a file-based or command pipeline channel
To get specific information about the open commmand

$ man 2 open
also try 'keyword' search, which is the same as the apropos command.
For example, to find all the man pages on selinux, type the following:
$ man -k selinux
or the man full word search. Same as whatis command.
$ man -f <some string>
This is a hint once you are inside man.
space
b
y
g
q
/<string>
m
'
moves forward one page

moves backward
scrolls up one line "yikes, I missed it!"
goes to the beginning
quits
search, repeat seach n
mark, enter a letter like "a", then, ' to go back
enter a letter that is marked.
To get section numbers

$ man 8 ping
Note the numbers are used as follows
(This is OpenBSD)
1
2
3
3p
4
5
6
7
8
9
General Commands
System Calls and Error Numbers
C Libraries
perl
Devices and device drivers
File Formats and config files
Game instructions
Miscellaneous information
System maintenance
Kernel internals
To find the man page directly, "ls" command:

$ whereis -m ls
ls: /usr/share/man/man1/ls.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ls.1 /usr/share/man/man1p/ls.1p
To read this file directly, do the following:
$ man /usr/share/man/man1/ls.1.gz
If you want to know the manpath, execute manpath.
$ manpath
/usr/share/man:/usr/X11R6/man:/usr/local/share/man:/usr/local/pgsql/man:/usr/man:/usr/local/man
TIP 8:
How to Put a "Running Job" in the Background.
You're running a job at the terminal prompt, and it's taking
a very long time. You want to put the job in the backgroud.
"CTL - z" Temporarily suspends the job

$ jobs
This will list all the jobs
$ bg %jobnumber (bg %1) To run in the background
$ fg %jobnumber
To bring back in the foreground
Need to kill all jobs -- say you're using several suspended
emacs sessions and you just want everything to exit.
$ kill -9
`jobs -p`
The "jobs -p" gives the process number of each job, and the
kill -9 kills everything. Yes, sometimes "kill -9" is excessive
and you should issue a "kill -15" that allows jobs to clean-up.
However, for exacs session, I prefer "kill -9" and haven't had
a problem.
Sometimes you need to list the process id along with job
information. For instance, here's process id with the listing.
$ jobs -l
Note you can also renice a job, or give it lower priority.
$ nice -n +15 find . -ctime 2 -type f
^z
$ bg
-exec ls {} \; > last48hours
So above that was a ctl-z to suppend. Then, bg to run it in

the background. Now, if you want to change the priority lower
you just renice it, once you know the process id.
$ jobs -pl
[1]+ 29388 Running
nice -n +15 find . -ctime 2 -exec ls -l {} \; >mout &
$ renice +30 -p 29388

29388: old priority 15, new priority 19
19 was the lowest priority for this job. You cannot increase
the priority unless you are root.
TIP 9:
Need to Delete a File for Good -- not even GOD can recover.
You have a file "secret". The following makes it so no one
can read it. If the file was 12 bytes, it's now 4096 after it
has been over written 100 times. There's no way to recover this.
$ shred -n 100 -z secret
Want to remove the file? Use the "u" option.
$ shred -n 100 -z -u test2
It can be applied to a device
$ shred -n 100 -z -u /dev/fd0
CAUTION: Note that shred relies on a

in place.
This is the traditional
isfy this assumption. The following
is not guaranteed to be effective in
very important assumption: that the file system overwrites data

way to do things, but many modern file system designs do not satare examples of file systems on which shred is not effective, or
all file system modes:
* log-structured or journaled file systems, such as those supplied with

AIX and Solaris (and JFS, ReiserFS, XFS, Ext3, etc.)
Also see (TIP 52).
TIP 10:
Who and What is doing What on Your System - finding open sockets,
files etc.
$ lsof
or as root
$ watch lsof -i
To list all open Internet files, use:
$ lsof -i -U
You can also get very specific about ports. Do this as root for low
ports.
$ lsof -i TCP:3306
Or, look at UDP ports as follows:
$ lsof -i UDP:1812
(See TIP 118)
Also try fuser. Suppose you have a mounted file-system, and you need
to umount it. To list the users on the file-system /work
$ fuser -u /work
To kill all processes accessing the file system /work
in
any way.
$ fuser -km /work

Or better yet, maybe you want to eject a cdrom on /mnt/cdrom
$ fuser -km /mnt/cdrom
If you need IO load information about your system, you can execute
iostat. But note, the very first iostat gives a snapshot since
the last boot. You typically want the following command, which gives
you 3 outputs every 5 seconds.
$ iostat -xtc 5 3
Linux 2.6.12-1.1376_FC3smp (squeezel.squeezel.com)
Time: 07:05:04 PM
avg-cpu: %user
%nice %system %iowait
0.97
0.06
1.94
0.62
%idle
96.41
Time: 07:05:09 PM
avg-cpu: %user
0.60
0.00
1.70
0.00
%idle
97.70
Time: 07:05:14 PM
avg-cpu: %user
1.00
0.00
1.60
0.00
%idle
97.39
10/05/2005
vmstat reports memory statistics. See tip 241 for vmstat for
I/O subsystem total statistics.
$ vmstat
$ ifconfig
$ cat /proc/sys/vm/.. (entries under here)
*NOTE: (TIP 77) shows sample usage of "ifconfig". Also

(TIP 84) shows sample output of "$ cat /proc/cpuinfo". You can download iostat
and other packages from (http://perso.wanadoo.fr/sebastien.godard/download_en.html).
You also may want to look at iozone (TIP 178).
Also
$ cat /proc/meminfo
$ cat /proc/stat
$ cat /proc/uptime
1078623.55 1048008.34
$ cat /proc/loadavg
0.25 0.14 0.10 1/166 7778
First number is the number of seconds since boot.

The second number is the number of idle seconds.
This shows load at 1,5, and 15 minutes,

a total of 1 current running process out
from a total of 166. The 7778 is the last
process id used.
Ref: http://www.teamquest.com/resources/gunther/ldavg1.shtml
Or current process open file descriptors

$ ls -l /proc/self/fd/0
lrwx-----1 chirico
lrwx-----1 chirico
lrwx-----1 chirico
lr-x-----1 chirico
chirico
chirico
chirico
chirico
64
64
64
64
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
29
29
29
29
13:17
13:17
13:17
13:17
0
1
2
3
->
->
->
->
/dev/pts/51
/dev/pts/51
/dev/pts/51
/proc/26667/fd
So you could, $ echo "stuff" > /dev/pts/51, to get output. Note, tree is also
helpful here:
$ tree /proc/self
/proc/self
|-- auxv
|-- cmdline
|-- cwd -> /work/souptonuts/documentation/theBook
|-- environ
|-- exe -> /usr/bin/tree
|-- fd
|
|-- 0 -> /dev/pts/51
|
|-- 1 -> /dev/pts/51
|
|-- 2 -> /dev/pts/51
|
`-- 3 -> /proc/26668/fd
|-- maps
|-- mem
|-- mounts
|-- root -> /
|-- stat
|-- statm
|-- status
|-- task
|
`-- 26668
|
|-- auxv
|
|-- cmdline
|
|-- cwd -> /work/souptonuts/documentation/theBook
|
|-- environ
|
|-- exe -> /usr/bin/tree
|
|-- fd
|
|
|-- 0 -> /dev/pts/51
|
|
|-- 1 -> /dev/pts/51
|
|
|-- 2 -> /dev/pts/51
|
|
`-- 3 -> /proc/26668/task/26668/fd
|
|-|
|-|
|-|
|-|
|-|
|-|
|-|
`-`-- wchan
maps
mem
mounts
root -> /
stat
statm
status
wchan
10 directories, 28 files
Need a listing of the system settings?
$ sysctl -a
Need IPC (Shared Memory Segments, Semaphore Arrays, Message Queue) status
etc?
$ ipcs
$ ipcs -l
"This gives limits"
Need to "watch" everything a user does?
The following watches donkey.
$ watch lsof -u donkey

Or, to see what in
going on in directory "/work/junk"
$ watch lsof +D /work/junk
TIP 11:
How to make a File "immutable" or "unalterable" -- it cannot be changed
or deleted even by root. Note this works on (ext2/ext3) filesystems.
And, yes, root can delete after it's changed back.
As root:
$ chattr +i filename
And to change it back:
$ chattr -i filename
List attributes
$ lsattr filename
TIP 12:
SSH - How to Generate the Key Pair.
On the local server

$
ssh-keygen -t dsa -b 2048
This will create the two files:

.ssh/id_dsa (Private key)
.ssh/id_dsa.pub (Public key you can share)
Next insert ".ssh/id_dsa.pub" on the remote server
in the file ".ssh/authorized_keys" and ".ssh/authorized_keys2"
and change the permission of each file to (chmod 600). Plus, make
sure the directory ".ssh" exists on the remote computer with 700 rights.
Ok, assuming 192.168.1.155 is the remote server and "donkey" is the
account on that remote server.
$ ssh [email protected] "mkdir -p .ssh"
$ ssh [email protected] "chmod 700 .ssh"
$ scp ./.ssh/id_dsa.pub [email protected]:.ssh/newkey.pub
Now connect to that remote server "192.168.1.155" and add .ssh/newkey.pub
to both "authorized_keys" and "authorized_keys2". When done, the permission
on
(This is on the remote server)
$chmod 600 .ssh/authorized_key*
Next, go back to the local server and issue the following:
$ ssh-agent $SHELL
$ ssh-add
The "ssh-add" will allow you to enter the passphrase and it will
save it for the current login session.
You don't have to enter a password when running "ssh-keygen" above. But,
remember anyone with root access can "su - <username>" and then connect
to your computers. It's harder, however, not impossible, for root to do
this if you have a password.
(Reference TIP 151)
Below is a quick shell command to distribute ssh keys. I find
this command to be very useful.
$ cat ~/.ssh/id_dsa.pub|ssh remoteserver "cat - >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys"
TIP 13:
Securing the System: Don't allow root to login remotely. Instead,
the admin could login as another account, then, "su -". However,
root can still login "from the local terminal".
In the "/etc/ssh/sshd_config" file change the following lines:
Protocol 2
PermitRootLogin no
PermitEmptyPasswords no
Then, restart ssh
/etc/init.d/sshd restart
Why would you want to do this? It's not possible for anyone to guess
or keep trying the root account. This is especially good for computers
on the Internet. So, even if the "root" passwords is known, they can't
get access to the system remotely. Only from the terminal, which is locked
in your computer room. However, if anyone has a account on the server,
then, they can login under their account then "su -".
Suppose you only want a limited number of users: "mchirico" and "donkey".
Add the following line to "/etc/ssh/sshd_config". Note, this allows access
for chirico and donkey, but everyone else is denied.
# Once you add AllowUsers - everyone else is denied.
AllowUsers mchirico donkey
TIP 14:
Keep Logs Longer with Less Space.
Normally logs rotate monthly, over writing all the old data. Here's a
sample "/etc/logrotate.conf" that will keep 12 months of backup
compressing the logfiles
$ cat /etc/logrotate.conf
# see "man logrotate" for details
# rotate log files weekly
#chirico changes to monthly
monthly
# keep 4 weeks worth of backlogs
# keep 12 months of backup
rotate 12
# create new (empty) log files after rotating old ones
create
# uncomment this if you want your log files compressed
compress
# RPM packages drop log rotation information into this directory
include /etc/logrotate.d
# no packages own wtmp -- we'll rotate them here
/var/log/wtmp {
monthly
create 0664 root utmp
rotate 1
}
# system-specific logs may be also be configured here.
Note: see tip 1. The clock should always be correctly set.
TIP 15:
What Network Services are Running?
$ netstat -tanup
or if you just want tcp services
$ netstat -tanp
or
$ netstat -ap|grep LISTEN|less
This can be helpful to determine the services running.
Need stats on dropped UDP packets?
$ netstat -s -u
or TCP
$ netstat -s -t
or summary of everything
$ netstat -s
or looking for error rates on the interface?

$ netstat -i
Listening interfaces?
$ netstat -l
(Tip above provided by Amos Shapira)
Also see TIP 77.
TIP 16:
Apache: Creating and Using an ".htaccess" File
Below is a sample ".htaccess" file which goes in

"/usr/local/apache/htdocs/chirico/alpha/.htaccess" for this
example
AuthUserFile /usr/local/apache/htdocs/chirico/alpha/.htpasswd
AuthGroupFile /dev/null
AuthName "Your Name and regular password required"
AuthType Basic
<Limit GET POST>
require valid-user
</Limit>
In order for this to work /usr/local/apache/conf/httpd.conf must
have the following line in it:
#
<Directory /usr/local/apache/htdocs/chirico/alpha>
AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit
Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec
<Limit GET POST OPTIONS PROPFIND>
Order allow,deny
Allow from all
</Limit>
<LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS PROPFIND>
Order deny,allow
Deny from all
</LimitExcept>
</Directory>
Also, a password file must be created

$ /usr/local/apache/bin/htpasswd -c .htpasswd chirico
And enter the user names and passwords.
Next Reload Apache:
$ /etc/init.d/httpd reload
(Reference TIP 213 limit access to certain directories based on IP address).
TIP 17:
Working with "mt" Commands: reading and writing to tape.

The following assumes the tape device is "/dev/st0"
STEP 1 ( rewind the tape)
# mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind
STEP 2 (check to see if you are at block 0)
# mt -f /dev/nst0 tell
At block 0.
STEP 3 (Backup "tar compress"
directories "one"
and "two")
# tar -czf /dev/nst0 one two

STEP 4 (Check to see what block you are at)
You should get something like block 2 at this point.
STEP 5 (Rewind the tape)
STEP 6 (List the files)
# tar -tzf /dev/nst0
one/
one/test
two/
STEP 7 (Restore directory "one" into directory "junk"). Note, you
have to first rewind the tape, since the last operation moved
ahead 2 blocks. Check this with "mt -f /dev/nst0".
# cd junk
At block 0.
# tar -xzf /dev/nst0 one
STEP 8 (Next, take a look to see what block the tape is at)
At block 2.
STEP 9 (Now backup directories three
and four)
# tar -czf /dev/nst0 three four

After backing up the files, the tape should be past block 2.
Check this.
At block 4.
Currently the following exist:
At block 1:
one/
one/test
two/
At block 2:
three/
three/samplehere
four/
At block 4:
(* This is empty *)
A few notes. You can set the blocking factor and a label
with tar. For example:
$ tar --label="temp label" --create
--blocking-factor=128 --file=/dev/nst0 Notes
But note if you try to read it with the default, incorrect blocking
factor, then, you will get the following error:
$ tar -t
--file=/dev/nst0
tar: /dev/nst0: Cannot read: Cannot allocate memory
tar: At beginning of tape, quitting now
tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
However this is easily fixed with the correct blocking factor
$ mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind
$ tar -t --blocking-factor=128 --file=/dev/nst0
temp label
Notes
Take advantage of the label command.
$ MYCOMMENTS="Big_important_tape"
$ tar --label="$(date +%F)"+"${MYCOMMENTS}"
Writing to tape on a remote 192.168.1.155 computer
$ tar cvzf - ./tmp | ssh -l chirico 192.168.1.155 '(mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind; dd of=/dev/st0 )'
Restoring the contents from tape on a remote computer
$ ssh -l chirico 192.168.1.155 '(mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind; dd if=/dev/st0
)'|tar xzf -
Getting data off of tape with dd command with odd blocking factor. Just set ibs very high
$
$
$
$
mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind
tar --label="Contenets of Notes" --create
mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind
dd ibs=1048576 if=/dev/st0 of=notes.tar
--blocking-factor=128 --file=/dev/nst0 Notes
The above will probably work with ibs=64k as well

(Also see TIP 136)
TIP 18:
Encrypting Data to Tape using "tar" and "openssl".
The following shows an example of writing the contents of "tapetest" to tape:
$ tar zcvf - tapetest|openssl des3 -salt
-k secretpassword | dd of=/dev/st0
Reading the data back:

$ dd if=/dev/st0|openssl des3 -d -k secretpassword|tar xzf -
TIP 19:
Mounting an ISO Image as a Filesystem -- this is great if you don't have the DVD
hardware, but, need to get at the data.

mounting the Fedora core 2 as a file.
The following show an example of
$ mkdir /iso0
$ mount -o loop -t iso9660 /FC2-i386-DVD.iso
/iso0
Or to mount automatically at boot, add the following to "/etc/fstab"

/FC2-i386-DVD.iso /iso0
iso9660 rw,loop
0 0
Reference: http://umn.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/souptonuts/README_fedora.txt
TIP 20:
Getting Information about the Hard drive and list all PCI devices.
$ hdparm /dev/hda
/dev/hda:
multcount
IO_support
unmaskirq
using_dma
keepsettings
readonly
readahead
geometry
= 16 (on)
= 0 (default 16-bit)
= 0 (off)
= 1 (on)
= 0 (off)
= 0 (off)
= 256 (on)
= 16383/255/63, sectors = 234375000, start = 0
or for SCSI
$ hdparm /dev/sda
Try it with the -i option for information
$ hdparm -i /dev/hda
/dev/hda:
Model=IC35L120AVV207-1, FwRev=V24OA66A, SerialNo=VNVD09G4CZ6E0T
Config={ HardSect NotMFM HdSw>15uSec Fixed DTR>10Mbs }
RawCHS=16383/16/63, TrkSize=0, SectSize=0, ECCbytes=52
BuffType=DualPortCache, BuffSize=7965kB, MaxMultSect=16, MultSect=16
CurCHS=16383/16/63, CurSects=16514064, LBA=yes, LBAsects=234375000
IORDY=on/off, tPIO={min:240,w/IORDY:120}, tDMA={min:120,rec:120}
PIO modes: pio0 pio1 pio2 pio3 pio4
DMA modes: mdma0 mdma1 mdma2
UDMA modes: udma0 udma1 udma2 udma3 udma4 *udma5
AdvancedPM=yes: disabled (255) WriteCache=enabled
Drive conforms to: ATA/ATAPI-6 T13 1410D revision 3a: 2 3 4 5 6
How fast is your drive?
$ hdparm -tT /dev/hda
/dev/hda:
Timing buffer-cache reads:
Timing buffered disk reads:
Need to find your device?
$ mount
or
$ cat /proc/partitions
or
$ dmesg | egrep '^(s|h)d'
128 MB in 0.41 seconds =315.32 MB/sec

64 MB in 1.19 seconds = 53.65 MB/sec
which for my system lists:

hda:
hdc:
hda:
hda:
IC35L120AVV207-1, ATA DISK drive

Lite-On LTN486S 48x Max, ATAPI CD/DVD-ROM drive
max request size: 1024KiB
234375000 sectors (120000 MB) w/7965KiB Cache, CHS=16383/255/63, UDMA(100)
By the way, if you want to turn on dma

$ hdparm -d1 /dev/hda
setting using_dma to 1 (on)
using_dma
= 1 (on)
(Also see TIP 122 )
List all PCI devices
$ lspci -v
00:00.0 Host bridge: Intel Corp. 82845G/GL [Brookdale-G] Chipset Host Bridge (rev
Subsystem: Dell Computer Corporation: Unknown device 0160
Flags: bus master, fast devsel, latency 0
Memory at f0000000 (32-bit, prefetchable) [size=128M]
Capabilities: <available only to root>
... lots more ...
Note, there is also lspci -vv for even more information.
(Also see TIP 200)
TIP 21:
Setting up "cron" Jobs.
If you want to use the emacs editor for editing cron jobs, then,
set the following in your "/home/user/.bash_profile"
EDITOR=emacs
Then, to edit cron jobs
$ crontab -e
You may want to put in the following header
#MINUTE(0-59) HOUR(0-23) DAYOFMONTH(1-31) MONTHOFYEAR(1-12) DAYOFWEEK(0-6) Note 0=Sun and 7=Sun
#
#14,15 10 * * 0
/usr/bin/somecommmand >/dev/null 2>&1
The sample "commented out command" will run at 10:14 and 10:15 every Sunday.
be no "mail" sent to the user because of the ">/dev/null 2>&1" entry.
$ crontab -l
The above will list all cron jobs. Or if you're root
$ crontab -l -u <username>
$ crontab -e -u <username>
Reference "man 5 crontab":
The time and date fields are:
field
----minute
allowed values
-------------0-59
There will
hour
day of month
month
day of week
0-23
1-31
1-12 (or names, see below)
0-7 (0 or 7 is Sun, or use names)
A field may be an asterisk (*), which always stands for ``first-last''.

Ranges of numbers are allowed. Ranges are two numbers separated with a
hyphen.
The specified range is inclusive. For example, 8-11 for an
``hours'' entry specifies execution at hours 8, 9, 10 and 11.
Lists are allowed. A list is a set of numbers (or ranges) separated by
commas. Examples: ``1,2,5,9'', ``0-4,8-12''.
Ranges can include "steps", so "1-9/2" is the same as "1,3,5,7,9".
Note, you can run just every 5 minutes as follows:
*/5 * * * * /etc/mrtg/domrtg
>/dev/null 2>&1
To run jobs hourly,daily,weekly or monthly you can add shell scripts into the
appropriate directory:
/etc/cron.hourly/
/etc/cron.daily/
/etc/cron.weekly/
/etc/cron.monthly/
Note that the above are pre-configured schedules set in "/etc/crontab", so
if you want, you can change the schedule. Below is my /etc/crontab:
$ cat /etc/crontab
SHELL=/bin/bash
PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin
MAILTO=root
HOME=/
# run-parts
01 * * * * root
02 4 * * * root
22 4 * * 0 root
42 4 1 * * root
run-parts
run-parts
run-parts
run-parts
/etc/cron.hourly
/etc/cron.daily
/etc/cron.weekly
/etc/cron.monthly
TIP 22:
Keeping Files in Sync Between Servers.
The remote computer is "192.168.1.171" and has the account "donkey". You want
to "keep in sync" the files under "/home/cu2000/Logs" on the remote computer
with files on "/home/chirico/dev/MEDIA_Server" on the local computer.
$ rsync
-Lae ssh
[email protected]:/home/cu2000/Logs /home/chirico/dev/MEDIA_Server
"rsync" is a convient command for keeping files in sync, and as shown here will work
through ssh. The -L option tells rsync to treat symbolic links like ordinary files.
Also see [http://www.rsnapshot.org/]
TIP 23:
Looking up the Spelling of a Word.
$ look <partial spelling>
so the following will list all words that
start with stuff

$ look stuff
stuff
stuffage
stuffata
stuffed
stuffender
stuffer
stuffers
stuffgownsman
stuffier
stuffiest
stuffily
stuffiness
stuffinesses
stuffiness's
stuffing
stuffings
stuffing's
stuffless
stuffs
stuffy
It helps to have a large "linuxwords" dictionary.
a much bigger dictionary from the following:
You can download
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/linuxwords.1.tar.gz?download
Note: vim users can setup the .vimrc file with the following. Now when you type
CTL-X CTL-T in insert mode, you'll get a thesaurus lookup.
set dictionary+=/usr/share/dict/words
set thesaurus+=/usr/share/dict/words
Or, you can call aspell with the F6 command after putting the folling entry in your
.vimrc file
:nmap <F6> :w<CR>:!aspell -e -c %<CR>:e<CR>
Now, hit F6 when you're in vim, and you'll get a spell checker.
There is also an X Windows dictionary that runs with the following command.
$ gnome-dictionary
TIP 24:
Find out if a Command is Aliased.
$ type -all <command>
Example:
$ type -all ls
ls is aliased to `ls --color=tty'
ls is /bin/ls
TIP 25:
Create a Terminal Calculator
Put the following in your .bashrc file
function calc
{
echo "${1}"|bc -l;
}
Or, run it at the shell prompt. Now
"calc" from the shell will work as follows:
$ calc 3+45
48
All functions with a "(" or ")" must be enclosed
in quotes. For instance, to get the sin of .4
$ calc "s(.4)"
.38941834230865049166
(See TIP 115 using the expr command)
TIP 26:
Kill a User and All Their Current Processes.
#!/bin/bash
# This program will kill all processes from a
# user. The user name is read from the command line.
#
# This program also demonstrates reading a bash variable
# into an awk script.
#
# Usage: kill9user <user>
#
kill -9 `ps aux|awk -v var=$1 '$1==var { print $2 }'`
or if you want want to create the above script the command
below will kill the user "donkey" and all of his processes.
$ kill -9 `ps aux|awk -v var="donkey" '$1==var { print $2 }'`
Check their cron jobs and "at" jobs, if you have a security issue.
$ crontab -u <user> -e
Lock the account:
$ passwd -l <user>
Remove all authorized_keys
$
$
$
$
rm
rm
rm
rm
/home/user/.shosts
/home/user/.rhosts
-rf /home/user/.ssh
/home/user/.forward
or consider
$ mv /home/user
/home/safeuser
Change the shell

$ chsh -s /bin/true <user>
Do an inventory
$ find / -user <user>
> list_of_user_files
NOTE: Also see (TIP 10).

To see all users, except the current user. Do not use the
dash "ps -aux" is wrong but the following is correct:
$ ps aux| awk '!/'${USER}'/{printf("%s \n",$0)}'
or (ww = wide, wide output)
$ ps auwwx| awk '!/'${USER}'/{printf("%s \n",$0)}'
The following codes may be useful:

D
R
S
T
W
X
Z
Uninterruptible sleep (usually IO)

Running or runnable (on run queue)
Interruptible sleep (waiting for an event to complete)
Stopped, either by a job control signal or because it is being traced.
paging (not valid since the 2.6.xx kernel)
dead (should never be seen)
Defunct ("zombie") process, terminated but not reaped by its parent.
For BSD formats and when the stat keyword is used, additional
characters may be displayed:
<
N
L
s
l
+
high-priority (not nice to other users)

low-priority (nice to other users)
has pages locked into memory (for real-time and custom IO)
is a session leader
is multi-threaded (using CLONE_THREAD, like NPTL pthreads do)
is in the foreground process group
Also see TIP 28. and TIP 89.
TIP 27:
Format Dates for Logs and Files
$ date "+%m%d%y %A,%B %d %Y %X"
061704 Thursday,June 17 2004 07:13:40 PM
$ date "+%m%d%Y"
06172004
$ date -d '1 day ago' "+%m%d%Y"
06162004
$ date -d '3 months 1 day
2 hour
15 minutes 2 seconds ago'
or to go into the future remove the "ago"

$ date -d '3 months 1 day
2 hour
15 minutes 2 seconds '
Also the following works:

$ date -d '+2 year +1 month -1 week
+3 day -8 hour +2 min -5 seconds'
Quick question: If there are 100,000,000 stars in the visible sky, and you can
count them, round the clock, at a rate of a star per second starting now, when
would you finish counting? Would you still be alive?
$ date -d '+100000000 seconds'
Sooner than you think!
This can be assigned to variables

$ mdate=`date -d '3 months 1 day 2 hour 15 minutes 2 seconds ' "+%m%d%Y_%A_%B_%D_%Y_%X"
$ echo $mdate
09182004_Saturday_September_09/18/04_2004_09:40:41 PM
^---- Easy to sort
^-------^----- Easy to read
See TIP 28 below.

See TIP 87 when working with large delta time changes -40 years, or -200 years ago, or even
1,000,000 days into the future.
Also see (TIP 1) for working with time zones.
See TIP 240 for converting epoch seconds to local time.
TIP 28:
Need Ascii Codes? For instance, for printing quotes:
awk 'BEGIN { msg = "Don\047t Panic!"; printf "%s \n",msg }'
or
awk 'BEGIN { msg = "Don\x027t Panic!"; printf "%s \n",msg }'
It's better to use \047, because certain characters that follow \x027 may cause problems.
For example, take a look at the following two lines. The first line prints a "}" caused
by the extra D in \x027D. The the line immediately below does not work as expected.
awk 'BEGIN {printf("The D causes problems \x027D\n")}'
However, the line below works fine:
awk 'BEGIN {printf("The D does not cause problems \047D\n")}'
Or if you wanted to use the date command in "awk" to print date.time.nanosecond.timezone for
each line of a file "test".
The following date can be used in awk because the single quotes are enclosed within the
double quotes.
date '+%m%d%Y.%H%M%S.%N%z'
$ awk 'BEGIN { "date '+%m%d%Y.%H%M%S.%N%z'" | getline MyDate
But it's also possible to replace
"+"
with
\x2B,
} { print MyDate,$0 }' < data
"%" with \x25, and "d" with \x64 as follows:
$ awk 'BEGIN { "date \x27\x2B\x25m\x25\x64\x25Y.\x25H\x25M\x25S.\x25N\x25z\x27" | getline MyDate

07062004.113820.346033000-0400
07062004.113820.346033000-0400
07062004.113820.346033000-0400
07062004.113820.346033000-0400
07062004.113820.346033000-0400
07062004.113820.346033000-0400
bob
tom
sal
bob
tom
sal
} { print MyDate,$0 }' < test
71
43
34
89
66
99
For this example it's not needed because single quotes are used inside of double quotes; however, there may be times when
hex replacement is easier.
$ man ascii
Oct
Dec
Hex
Char
Oct
Dec
Hex
Char
----------------------------------------------------------000
0
00
NUL '\0'
100
64
40
@
001
1
01
SOH
101
65
41
A
002
2
02
STX
102
66
42
B
003
004
005
006
007
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
ETX
EOT
ENQ
ACK
BEL '\a'
BS '\b'
HT '\t'
LF '\n'
VT '\v'
FF '\f'
CR '\r'
SO
SI
DLE
DC1
DC2
DC3
DC4
NAK
SYN
ETB
CAN
EM
SUB
ESC
FS
GS
RS
US
SPACE
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
)
*
+
,
.
/
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
;
<
=
>
?
103
104
105
106
107
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
\
'\\'
]
^
_
`
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
~
DEL
TIP 29:
Need a WWW Browser for the Terminal Session? Try lynx or elinks.
$ lynx
Or to read all these tips, with the latest updates

$ lynx http://umn.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/souptonuts/How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt
Or, better yet elinks.

$ elinks http://somepage.
You can get elinks at the following site:
http://elinks.or.cz/
TIP 30:
screen - screen manager with VT100/ANSI terminal emulation
This is an excellent utility. But if you work a lot in Emacs,
then, you should place the following in your ~/.bashrc
alias s='screen -e^Pa -D -R'
After loging in again (or source .bashrc) ,
type the following to load "screen":
$ s
If you're using the not using the alias command above, substitute
CTL-a for CTL-p below. :
CTL-p
CTL-p
CTL-p
CTL-p
CLT-p
CLT-p
CLT-p
CTL-C
"
SHFT-A
S
Q
TAB
:resize n
To get a new session

To list sessions, and arrow keys to move
To name sessions
To split screens
To unsplit screens
To switch between screens
To resize screen to n rows, on split screen
Screen is very powerful. Should you become disconneced, you can

still resume work after loggin in.
$ man screen
The above command will give you more information.
TIP 31:
Need to Find the Factors of a Number?
$ factor 2345678992
2345678992: 2 2 2 2 6581 22277
It's a quick way to find out if a number is prime
$ factor 7867
7867: 7867
TIP 32:
Less is More -- piping to less to scroll backword and forward
For large "ls" listings try the followin, then, use the arrow key
to move up and down the list.
$ ls /some_large_dir/ | less
or
$ cat some_large_file | less
or
$ less some_large_file
TIP 33:
C "indent" Settings for Kernel Development
$ indent -kr -i8
program.c
TIP 34:
FTP auto-login.
"ftp" to a site and have the password stored.
For instance, here's a sample ".net" file in a user's home

directory for uploading to sourceforge. Note, sourceforge will
take any password, so [email protected] is used here for login "anonymous".
$ cat ~/.netrc
machine upload.sourceforge.net login anonymous password [email protected]
default login anonymous password user@site
It might be a good idea to change the rights on this file
$ chmod 0400 ~/.netrc
#!/bin/bash
#
# Sample ftp automated script to download
# file to ${dwnld}
#
dwnld="/work/faq/unix-faq"
cd ${dwnld}
ftp << FTPSTRING
prompt off
open rtfm.mit.edu
cd /pub/usenet-by-group/news.answers/unix-faq/faq
mget contents
mget diff
mget part*
bye
FTPSTRING
Sourceforge uses an anonymous login with an email address as
a password. Below is the automated script I use for uploading
binary files.
#!/bin/bash
# ftp sourceforge auto upload ftpup.sh
#
Usage: ./ftpup.sh <filename>
#
# machine upload.sourceforge.net user anonymous [email protected]
ftp -n -u << FTPSTRING
open upload.sourceforge.net
user anonymous [email protected]
binary
cd incoming
put ${1}
bye
FTPSTRING
(Also see TIP 114 for ncftpget, which is a very powerful restarting
ftp program)
TIP 35:
Bash Brace Expansion
$ echo f{ee,ie,oe,um}
fee fie foe fum
This works with almost any command
$ mkdir -p /work/junk/{one,two,three,four}
TIP 36:
Getting a List of User Accounts on the System
$ cut -d: -f1 /etc/passwd | sort
Note (Thanks to Philip Vanmontfort) you can also do the following:
$ getent passwd|cut -d: -f1|sort
TIP 37:
Editing a Bash Command
Try typing a long command say, then, type "fc" for an easy way
to edit the command.
$ find /etc -iname '*.cnf' -exec grep -H 'log' {} \;
$ fc
"fc" will bring the last command typed into an editor, "emacs" if
that's the default editor. Type "fc -l" to list last few commands.
To seach for a command, try typing "CTL-r" at the shell prompt for
searching. "CTL-t" to transpose, say "sl" was typed by you want "ls".
Hints when using "fc: in emacs:

ESC-b
ESC-f
ESC-DEL
CTL-k
CTL-y
move one word backward

move one word forward
kill one word backward
kill point to end
un-yank killed region at point
TIP 38:
Moving around Directories.
Change to the home directory:
$ cd ~
or
$ cd
To go back to the last directory
$ cd Instead of "cd" to a directory try "pushd" and look
at the heading...you can see a list of directories.
$ pushd /etc
$ pushd /usr/local
Then, to get back "popd" or "popd 1"
To list all the directories pushed on the stack
use the "dirs -v" command.
$ dirs -v
0 /usr/local
1 /etc
2 /work/souptonuts/documentation/theBook
Now, if you "pushd +1" you will be moved to "/etc", since
is number "1" on the stack, and this directory will become
"0".
$ pwd
/usr/local
$ pushd +1
$ pwd
/etc
$ dirs -v
0 /etc
1 /work/souptonuts/documentation/theBook
2 /usr/local
TIP 39:
Need an Underscore after a Variable?
Enclose the variable in "{}".
$echo ${UID}_
Compare to
$echo $UID_
Also try the following:
$ m="my stuff here"

$ echo -e ${m// /'\n'}
my
stuff
here
TIP 40:
Bash Variable Offset and String Operators
$ r="this is stuff"
$ echo ${r:3}
$ echo ${r:5:2}
Note, ${varname:offset:length}
${varname:?message}
If varname exist and isn't null return value, else,

print var and message.
$ r="new stuff"
$ echo ${r:? "that's r for you"}
new stuff
$ unset r
$ echo ${r:? "that's r for you"}
bash: r: that's r for you
${varname:+word}
If varname exist and not null return word. Else, return null.
${varname:-word}
If varname exist and not null return value. Else, return word.
Working with arrays in bash - bash arrays.

$ unset p
$ p=(one two three)
$ echo -e "${p[@]}"
one two three
or
$ echo -e "${p[*]}"
one two three
$ echo -e "${#p[@]}"
3
$ echo -e "${p[0]}"
one
$ echo -e "${p[1]}"
two
Also see (TIP 95)
TIP 41:
Loops in Bash
The command below loops through directories listed in $PATH.

$ path=$PATH:
$ while [ $path ]; do echo " ${path%%:*} "; path=${path#*:}; done
The command below will also loop through directories in your path.
$IFS=:
$ for dir in $PATH
> do
> ls -ld $dir
> done
drwxr-xr-x
2
drwxr-xr-x
2
drwxr-xr-x
3
drwxr-xr-x
2
drwxrwxr-x
2
root
root
root
root
chirico
Other ways of doing loops:
root
root
root
root
chirico
4096
4096
40960
4096
4096
Jun
Jun
Jun
Feb
Jun
10
13
12
14
6
20:16
23:12
08:00
03:12
13:06
/usr/local/bin
/bin
/usr/bin
/usr/X11R6/bin
/home/chirico/bin
for (( i=1; i <= 20; i++))

do
echo -n "$i "
done
Note, to do it all on one line, do the following:
$ for (( i=1; i <= 20; i++)); do echo -n "$i"; done
Below, is an example of declaring i an integer so that you do not
have to preface with let.
$
$
$
>
>
>
4
3
2
declare -i i
i=5;
while (( $i > 1 )); do
i=i-1
echo $i
done
You can also use "while [ $i -gt 1 ]; do"
in place of "while (( $i > 1 )); do"
To get a listing of all declared values

$ declare -i
Try putting a few words in the file "test"

$ while read filename; do echo
"- $filename "; done < test |nl -w1
Or, using an array

declare -a Array
Array[0]="zero"
Array[1]="one"
Array[2]="two"
for i in `seq ${#Array[@]}`
do
echo $Array[$i-1]
done
Also see (TIP 95 and TIP 133).
TIP 42:
"diff" and "patch".
You have created a program "prog.c", saved as this name and also copied
to "prog.c.old". You post "prog.c" to users. Next, you make changes
to prog.c
$ diff -c prog.c.old prog.c > prog.patch
Now, users can get the latest updates by running.
$ patch < prog.patch
By the way, you can make backups of your data easily.
$ cp /etc/fstab{,.bak}
Now, you do your edits to "/etc/fstab" and if you need
to go back to the original, you can find it at
"/etc/fstab.bak".
Also consider sdiff with the -s option, to ignore spaces to
compare differences side-by-side between two files. An example
is listed below.
$ sdiff -s file1 file2
TIP 43:
"cat" the Contents of Files Listed in a File, in That Order.
SETUP (Assume you have the following)
$ cat file_of_files
file1
file2
$ cat file1
This is the data in file1
$ cat file 2
So there are 3 files here "file_of_files" which contains the name of
other files. In this case "file1" and "file2". And the contents of
"file1" and "file2" is shown above.
$ cat file_of_files|xargs cat
Also see (TIP 44, TIP 62 and TIP 235).
TIP 44:
Columns and Rows -- getting anything you want.
Assume you have the following file.
$ cat data
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12
13 14
How to you get everything in
2 columns?
$ cat data|tr ' ' '\n'|xargs -l2

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
Three columns?
$ cat data|tr ' ' '\n'|xargs -l3
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14
What's the row sum of the "three columns?"
$ cat data|tr ' ' '\n'|xargs -l3|tr ' ' '+'|bc
6
15
24
33
27
or
$ tr ' ' '\n' < data |xargs -l3|tr ' ' '+'|bc
NOTE "Steven Heiner's rule":
cat one_file | program
can always be rewritten as
program < one_file
Note: thanks to Steven Heiner (http://www.shelldorado.com/) the above can be
shortened as follows:
$ tr ' ' '\n' < data|xargs -l3|tr ' ' '+'|bc
Need to "tr" from the stdin?
$ tr "xy" "yx"| ... | ...
But there is a the "Stephane CHAZELAS" condition here
"Note that tr, sed, and awk mail fail on files containing '\0'
sed and awk have unspecified behaviors if the input
doesn't end in a '\n' (or to sum up, cat works for
binary and text files, text utilities such as sed or awk
work only for text files).
TIP 45:
Auto Directory Spelling Corrections.
To turn this on:
$ shopt -s cdspell
Now mispell a directory in the cd command.
$ cd /usk/local
^-------- still gets you to -|
/usr/local
What other options can you set? The following will list
all the options:
$ shopt -p
TIP 46:
Record Eveything Printed on Your Terminal Screen.
$ script -a <filename>
Now start doing stuff and "everything" is appended to <filename>.

For example
$ script installation
$ (command)
$ (result)
$ ...
$ ...
$ (command)
$ (result)
$ exit
The whole session log is in the installation file that you can later
read and/or cleanup and add to a documentation.
This command can also be used to redirect the contents to another user,
but you must be root to do this.
Step 1 - find out what pts they are using.
$ w
Step 2 - Run script on that pts. After running this command below
everything you type will appear on their screen.
$ script /dev/pts/4
Thanks to [email protected] for his contribution

to this tip.
Also reference TIP 208.
TIP 47:
Monitor all Network Traffic Except Your Current ssh Connection.
$ tcpdump -i eth0 -nN -vvv -xX -s 1500 port not 22
Or to filter out port 123 as well getting the full length of the packet
(-s 0), use the following:
$ tcpdump -i eth0 -nN -vvv -xX -s 0 port not 22
and port not 123
Or to filter only a certain host say 81.169.158.205

$ tcpdump -i eth0 -nN -vvv -xX
port not 22 and host 81.169.158.205
Just want ip addresses and a little bit of data, then,

use this. The "-c 20" is to stop after 20 packets.
$ tcpdump -i eth0 -nN
-s 1500 port not 22 -c 20
If you're looking for sign of DOS attacks, the following show just the SYN
packets on all interfaces:
$ tcpdump 'tcp[13] & 2 == 2'
TIP 48:
Where are the GNU Reference Manuals?
http://www.gnu.org/manual/manual.html
Also worth a look the "Linux Documentation Project"
http://en.tldp.org/
and Red Hat manuals
http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/enterprise/
TIP 49:
Setting or Changing the Library Path.
The following contains the settings to be added or deleted
/etc/ld.so.conf
After this file is edited, you must run the following:
$ ldconfig
See "man ldconfig" for more information.
TIP 50:
Working with Libraries in C
Assume the following 3 programs:
$ cat ./src/test.c
int test(int t)
{
printf("%d\n",t);
return t;
}
$ cat ./src/prog1.c
/*
program: prog1.c
dependences: test.c
compiling this program:
gcc -o prog test.c prog1.c
Note the libpersonal include
should be remove if NOT using the
library
*/
#include <libpersonal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
test(45);
}
$ cat ./include/libpersonal.h
extern int test(int);
Prog1.c needs the test function in test.c

To compile, so that both programs work together, do the following:
$ cd src
$ gcc -o prog test.c prog1.c -I../include
However, if you want to create your own static library, then, run the following:
$
$
$
$
$
mkdir -p ../lib
gcc -c test.c -o ../lib/test.o
cd ../lib
ar r libpersonal.a test.o
ranlib libpersonal.a
or, the ar and ranlib command can be combined as follows:

$ ar rs libpersonal.a test.o
To compile the program with the static library:
$ cd ../src
$ gcc -I../include -L../lib -o prog1 prog1.c -lpersonal
The -I../include tells gcc to look in the ../include directory for

libpersonal.h. and -L../lib, tells gcc to look for the
"libpersonal.a" library.
$ cd ..
$ tree src lib include
src
|-- prog
|-- prog1
|-- prog1.c
`-- test.c
lib
|-- libpersonal.a
`-- test.o
include
`-- libpersonal.h
This was a STATIC library. Often times you will want to use a SHARED
or dynamic library.
SHARED LIBRARY:
You must recompile test.c with -fpic option.
$ cd ../lib
$ gcc -c -fpic ../src/test.c -o test.o
Next create the libpersonal.so file.
$ gcc -shared -o libpersonal.so test.o
Now, compile the source prog1.c as follows:
$ cd ../src
$ gcc -Wl,-R../lib -L../lib -I../include -o prog2 prog1.c -lpersonal
This should work fine. But, take a look at prog2 using the ldd command.
$ ldd prog2
libpersonal.so => ../lib/libpersonal.so (0x40017000)

libc.so.6 => /lib/tls/libc.so.6 (0x42000000)
/lib/ld-linux.so.2 => /lib/ld-linux.so.2 (0x40000000)
If you move the program prog2 to a different location, it will not run.
Instead you will get the following error:
prog2: error while loading shared libraries: libpersonal.so:
cannot open shared object file: No such file or directory
To fix this, you should specify the direct path to the library. And in my
case it is rather long
$
gcc -Wl,-R/work/souptonuts/documentation/theBook/lib -L../lib -I../include -o prog2 prog1.c -lpersonal
SPECIAL NOTE: The -R must always follow the -Wl.
(-Wl,-R<directory>) They always go together
TIP 51:
Actively Monitor a File and Send Email when Expression Occurs.
This is a way to monitor "/var/log/messages" or any file for certain changes.
The example below actively monitors "stuff" for the work "now" and as soon as
"now" is added to the file, the contents of msg are sent to the user
[email protected]
$ tail -f stuff | \
awk ' /now/ { system("mail -s \"This is working\"
[email protected] < msg") }'
Or, you can run a program, say get headings on slashdot from the program "getslash.php" which
runs on "192.168.1.155" with account "chirico". Assuming you have ssh keys setup, then, the following
will send mail from the output:
$ ssh [email protected] "./bin/getslash.php"|mail -s "Slash cron Headlines"
[email protected]
See (TIP 80) for scraping the headings on slash dot and how to get a copy of "getslash.php".
want to use awk:
If you still
$ ssh [email protected] "./bin/getslash.php"| \

awk '{ print $0 | "mail -s \x27 Slash Topics \x27 [email protected] "}'
Note the "\x27" is a quote.
Maybe you only want articles dealing with "Linux":
$ ssh [email protected] "./bin/getslash.php"| \

awk '/Linux/{ print $0 | "mail -s \x27 Slash Topics \x27 [email protected] "}'
For $60, you can get a numeric display from "delcom engineering" that you can send messages and
data to. I get weather information off the internet and send it to this device.
http://sourceforge.net/projects/delcom/
(Reference TIP 151 for ssh tips)
TIP 52:
Need to Keep Secrets? Encrypt it.
To Encrypt:
$ openssl des3 -salt -in file.txt -out file.des3
The above will prompt for a password, or you can put it in
with a -k option, assuming you're on a trusted server.
To Decrypt
$
openssl des3 -d -salt -in file.des3 -out file.txt -k mypassword
Need to encrypt what you type? Enter the following, then start typing
and ^D to end.
$ openssl des3 -salt -out stuff.txt
TIP 53:
Check that a File has Not Been Tampered With: Use Cryptographic Hashing Function.
The md5sum is popular but dated
$ md5sum file
Instead, use one of the following;
$ openssl dgst -sha1 -c file
$ openssl dgst -ripemd160 -c
file
All calls give a fixed length string or "message digest".
TIP 54:
Need to View Information About a Secure Web Server? A SSL/TLS test.
$ openssl s_client -connect www.sourceforge.net:443
Above will give a long listing of certificates.
Note, it is also possible to get certificate information about a mail server
$ openssl s_client -connect mail.comcast.net:995 -showcerts
When you do the above command you get two certificates. If you copy
past both certificates by taking the following contents include the
begin and end show below:
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----....
-----END CERTIFICATE----Then create files "comcast0.pem" and "comcast1.pem" out of these certificaties and
put them in a directory "/home/donkey/.certs", then, with the openssl src package, in
the "./tools/c_rehash" run
$ c_rehash .certs
Doing .certs
comcast0.pem => 72f90dc0.0
comcast1.pem => f73e89fd.0
Now it's possible to have fetchmail work with these certs.
#
#
# Sample .fetchmailrc file for Comcast
#
# Check mail every 90 seconds
set daemon 90
set syslog
set postmaster donkey
#set bouncemail
#
# Comcast email is zdonkey but computer account is just donkey
#
poll mail.comcast.net with proto POP3 and options no dns
user 'zdonkey' with pass "somethin35" is 'donkey' here options ssl sslcertck sslcertpath '/home/donkey/.certs'
smtphost comcast.net
# currently not used
mda '/usr/bin/procmail -d %T'
REFERENCE: http://www.openssl.org/
http://www.catb.org/~esr/fetchmail/fetchmail-6.2.5.tar.gz
http://www.madboa.com/geek/openssl/
TIP 55:
cp --parents. What does this option do?
Assume you have the following directory structure
.
|-- a
|
`-- b
|
|-|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-|
|
`-- newdir
c
`-- d
|-- file1
`-- file2
x
`-- y
`-- file3
Issue the following command:

$ cp --parents ./a/b/c/d/* ./newdir/
Now you have the following:
.
|-- a
|
`-- b
|
|-|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`-|
|
`-- newdir
`-- a
`--
c
`-- d
|-- file1
`-- file2
x
`-- y
`-- file3
b
`-- c
`-- d
|-- file1
`-- file2
Note that you can't do this with "cp -r" because you'd pickup
the x directory and its contents.
You probably want to use the "cp --parents" command for directory
surgery, which you need to be very specific on what you cut and
copy.
TIP 56:
Quickly Locating files.
The "locate" command quickly searches the indexed database for files. It just
gives the name of the files; but, if you need more information use it as follows
$ locate document|xargs ls -l
The "locate" database may only get updated every 24 hours.
use the "find" command.
For more recent finds,
TIP 57:
Using the "find" Command.
List only directories, max 2 nodes down that have "net" in the name
$ find /proc -type d -maxdepth 2 -iname '*net*'
Find all *.c and *.h files starting from the current "." position.
$ find . $ -iname '*.c'
-o -iname '*.h' $ -print
Find all, but skip what's in "/CVS" and "/junk". Start from "/work"
$ find /work $ -iregex '.*/CVS'
-o -iregex '.*/junk' $
-prune -o -print
Note -regex and -iregex work on the directory as well, which means
you must consider the "./" that comes before all listings.
Here is another example. Find all files except what is under the CVS, including
CVS listings. Also exclude "#" and "~".
$ find . -regex '.*' ! $ -regex '.*CVS.*'
-o -regex '.*[#|~].*' $
Find a *.c file, then run grep on it looking for "stdio.h"

$ find . -iname '*.c' -exec grep -H 'stdio.h' {} \;
sample output --> ./prog1.c:#include <stdio.h>
./test.c:#include <stdio.h>
Looking for the disk-hog on the whole system?
$ find /
-size +10000k 2>/dev/null
Looking for files changed in the last 24 hours? Make sure you add the
minus sign "-1", otherwise, you will only find files changed exactly
24 hours from now. With the "-1" you get files changed from now to 24
hours.
$ find . -ctime -1 -printf "%a %f\n"

Wed Oct 6 12:51:56 2004 .
Wed Oct 6 12:35:16 2004 How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt
Or if you just want files.
$ find . -type f -ctime -1
-printf "%a %f\n"
Details on file status change in the last 48 hours, current directory. Also note "-atime -2").
$ find . -ctime -2 -type f -exec ls -l {} \;
NOTE: if you don't use -type f, you make get "." returned, which
when run through ls "ls ." may list more than what you want.
Also you may only want the current directory
$ find . -ctime -2 -type f -maxdepth 1 -exec ls -l {} \;
To find files modified within the last 5 to 10 minutes
$ find . -mmin +5 -mmin -10
For more example "find" commands, reference the following looking

for the latest version of "bashscripts.x.x.x.tar.gz":
http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=79320&package_id=80711
See "TIP 71" for examples of find using the inode feature. " $ find . -inum <inode> -exec rm -- '{}' \; "
If you don't want error messages, or need to redirect error messages "> /dev/null 2>&1", or see
"TIP 81".
TIP 58:
Using the "rm" command.
How do you remove a file that has the name "-". For instance, if you run the command
"$ cat > - " and type some text followed by ^d, how does the "-" file get deleted?
$ rm -- The "--" nullifies any rm options.
How do you delete the directory "one", all it's sub-directories, and any data?
$ rm -rf ./one
Note, to selectively delete stuff on a directory, use the find command "TIP 57".
To delete by inode, see "TIP 71".
TIP 59:
Giving ownership.
How do you give the user "donkey" ownership to all directories and files under
"./fordonkey" ?
$ chown -R donkey ./fordonkey
TIP 60:
Only Permit root login -- give others a message when they try to login.
Create the file "/etc/nologin" with "nologin" containing the contents
of the message.
TIP 61:
Limits: file size, open files, pipe size, stack size, max memory size
cpu time, plus others.
To get a listing of current limits:
$ ulimit -a
core file size
(blocks, -c)
data seg size
(kbytes, -d)
file size
(blocks, -f)
max locked memory
(kbytes, -l)
max memory size
(kbytes, -m)
open files
(-n)
pipe size
(512 bytes, -p)
stack size
(kbytes, -s)
cpu time
(seconds, -t)
max user processes
(-u)
virtual memory
(kbytes, -v)
0
unlimited
unlimited
unlimited
unlimited
1024
8
8192
unlimited
8179
unlimited
Note as a user you can decrease your limits in

shell session; but, you cannot increase. This
for testing programs. But, first you may want
another shell "sh" so that you can "go back to
the current
can be ideal
to create
where started".
$ ulimit -f 10
Now try
$ yes >> out
File size limit exceeded
To set limits on users, make changes to "/etc/security/limits.conf"
bozo
- maxlogins 1
Will keep bozo from loging in more than once.

To list hard limits:
$ ulimit -Ha
To list soft limits:
$ ulimit -Sa
To restrict user access by time, day make changes to
"/etc/security/time.conf"
Also take a look at "/etc/profile" to see what other changes
can be made, plus take a look under "/etc/security/*.conf" for
other configuration files.
TIP 62:
Stupid "cat" Tricks.
Also see (TIP 43 and TIP 235).
If you have multiple blank lines that you want to squeeze down to
one line, then, try the following:
$ cat -s <file>
Want to number the lines?
$ cat -n <file>
Want to show tabs?
$ cat -t <file>
Need to mark end of lines by "$"? The following was suggested by
(Amos Shapira)
$ cat -e <file>
Want to see all the ctl characters?
/* ctlgen.c
Program to generate ctl characters.
Compile:
gcc -o ctlgen ctlgen.c
Run:
./ctlgen > mout
Now see the characters:
cat -v mout
Here's a sample output:
$ cat -v
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
test
mout|tail
M-v
M-w
M-x
M-y
M-z
M-{
M-|
M-}
M-~
M-^?
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
int main()
{
int i;
for(i=0; i < 256; ++i)
printf("test %c \n",i);
return 0;
}
TIP 63:
Guard against SYN attacks and "ping".
As root do the following:
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
Want to disable "ping" ?
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_all
Disable broadcast/multicast "ping" ?
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
And to enable again:
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_all
TIP 64:
Make changes to .bash_profile and need to update the current session?
$ source .bash_profile
With the above command, the user does not have to logout.
TIP 65:
What are the Special Shell Variables?
$#
The number of arguments.
$@
All arguments, as separate words.
$*
All arguments, as one word.
$$
ID of the current process.
$?
Exit status of the last command.
$0,$1,..$9,${10},${11}...${N}
Positional parameters. After "9" you must use the ${k} syntax.
Note that 0 is true. For example if you execute the following, which is true you get zero.
$ [[ -f /etc/passwd ]]
$ echo $?
0
And the following is false, which returns a 1.
$
$
1
[[ -f /etc/passwdjabberwisnohere ]]
echo $?
So true=0 and false=1.
Sample program "mdo"
to show the difference between "$@" and "$*"
#!/bin/bash
function myarg
{
echo "$# in myarg function"
}
echo -e "$# parameters on the cmd line\n"
echo -e "calling: myarg \"\$@\" and myarg \"\$*\"\n"
myarg "$@"
myarg "$*"
echo -e "\ncalling: myarg \$@ and myarg \$* without quotes\n"
myarg $@
myarg $*
The result of running "./mdo one two". Note that when quoted, myarg "$*",
returns 1 ... all parameters are smushed together as one word.
[chirico@third-fl-71 theBook]$ ./mdo one two
2 parameters on the cmd line
calling: myarg "$@" and myarg "$*"
2 in myarg function
1 in myarg function
calling: myarg $@ and myarg $* without quotes
2 in myarg function
2 in myarg function
Example program "mdo2" shows how the input separator can be changed.
#!/bin/bash
IFS=|
echo -e "$*\n"
IFS=,
echo -e "$*\n"
IFS=\;
echo -e "$*\n"
IFS=$1
echo -e "$*\n"
[chirico@third-fl-71 theBook]$ ./mdo2 one two three four five
one two three four five
one,two,three,four,five
one;two;three;four;five
oneotwoothreeofourofive
TIP 66:
Replace all "x" with "y" and all "y" with "x" in file data.
$ cata data
x y
y x
$ tr "xy"
y x
x y
"yx" < data
TIP 67:
On a Linux 2.6.x Kernel, how do you directly measure disk activity,
and where is this information documented?
o The information is documented in the kernel source
./Documentation/iostats.txt
o The new way of getting this info in 2.6.x is
$ cat /sys/block/hda/stat
151121 5694 1932358 796675 37867 76770 916994 8353762 0 800672 9150437
Field 1 -- # of reads issued
This is the total number of reads completed successfully.
Field 2 -- # of reads merged, field 6 -- # of writes merged
Reads and writes which are adjacent to each other may be merged for
efficiency. Thus two 4K reads may become one 8K read before it is
ultimately handed to the disk, and so it will be counted (and queued)
as only one I/O. This field lets you know how often this was done.
Field 3 -- # of sectors read
This is the total number of sectors read successfully.
Field 4 -- # of milliseconds spent reading
This is the total number of milliseconds spent by all reads (as
measured from __make_request() to end_that_request_last()).
Field 5 -- # of writes completed
This is the total number of writes completed successfully.
Field 7 -- # of sectors written
This is the total number of sectors written successfully.
Field 8 -- # of milliseconds spent writing
This is the total number of milliseconds spent by all writes (as
measured from __make_request() to end_that_request_last()).

Field 9 -- # of I/Os currently in progress
The only field that should go to zero. Incremented as requests are
given to appropriate request_queue_t and decremented as they finish.
Field 10 -- # of milliseconds spent doing I/Os
This field is increases so long as field 9 is nonzero.
Field 11 -- weighted # of milliseconds spent doing I/Os
This field is incremented at each I/O start, I/O completion, I/O
merge, or read of these stats by the number of I/Os in progress
(field 9) times the number of milliseconds spent doing I/O since the
last update of this field. This can provide an easy measure of both
I/O completion time and the backlog that may be accumulating.
Note, this is device specific.
TIP 68:
Passing Outbound Mail, plus Masquerading User and Hostname.
Here's a specific example:
How does one send and receive Comcast email from a home Linux box,
which uses Comcast as the ISP, if the local account on the Linux
box is different from the Comcast email. For instance, the
account on the Linux box is "chirico@third-fl-71" and the Comcast
email account is "[email protected]". Note both the hostname and
username are different.
So, the user "chirico" using "mutt", "elm" or any email program would
like to send out email to say "[email protected]"; yet, donkey would
see the email from "[email protected]" and not "chirico@third-fl-71"
but chirico@third-fl-71 would get the replies.
For a full description of how to solve this problem, including related
"sendmail.mc", "site.config.m4", "genericstable", "genericsdomain",
".procmailrc", and ".forward" files, reference the following:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_COMCAST_EMAIL.txt?download
Included in the above link are instructions for building sendmail with
"SASL" and "STARTTLS".
TIP 69:
How do you remove just the last 2 lines from a file and save the result?
$ sed
'$d' file | sed '$d' > savefile
Or, as Amos Shapira pointed out, it's much easier with the head command.
$ head -2 file
And, of course, removing just the last line
$ sed '$d' file > savefile
(See REFERENCES (13))
How do you remove extra spaces at the end of a line?
$ sed 's/[ ]*$//g'
How do you remove blank lines, or lines with just spaces and tabs,
saving the origional file as file.backup?
$ perl -pi.backup -e "s/^(\s)*\n//"
file
Or, you may want to remove empty spaces and tabs at the end of a line
$ perl -pi.backup -e "s/(\s)*\n/\n/" file
Or, you may want to converts dates of the format 01/23/2007 to the
format 2007-01-23. This is MySQL's common date format.
$ perl -pi.backup -e "s|(\d+)/(\d+)/(\d+)|\$3-\$2-\$1|" file
Note, you need a backslash \$3,\$2,\$1 so as to not get bash shell
substitution.
TIP 70:
Generating Random Numbers.
$ od -vAn -N4 -tu4 < /dev/urandom
3905158199
TIP 71:
Deleting a File by it's Inode Value.
See (PROGRAMMING TIP 5) for creating the file, or
$ cat > '\n\n\n\n\n\n\n'
type some text
^D
To list the inode and display the characters.
$ ls -libt *
To remove by inode. Note the "--" option. This
will keep any special characters in the file from being
interpreted at "rm" options.
$ find . -inum <inode> -exec rm -- '{}' \;
Or to check contents
$ find . -inum <inode> -exec cat '{}' \;
Reference:
http://www.faqs.org/ftp/usenet/news.answers/unix-faq/faq/part2
TIP 72:
Sending Attachments Using Mutt -- On the Command Line.
$ mutt -s "See Attachment" -a file.doc [email protected] < message.txt
or just the message:
$ echo | mutt -a sample.tar.gz [email protected]
Reference:
http://www.shelldorado.com/articles/mailattachments.html
Also see (TIP 51).
TIP 73:
Want to find out what functions a program calls?
$ strace <program>
Try this with "topen.c" (see PROGRAMMING TIP 5)
$ strace
./topen
TIP 74:
RPM Usage Summary.
Install. Full filename is needed.
$ rpm -ivh Fedora/RPMS/postgresql-libs-7.4.2-1.i386.rpm
To view list of files installed with a particular package.
$ rpm -ql postgresql-libs
/usr/lib/libecpg.so.4
/usr/lib/libecpg.so.4.1
/usr/lib/libecpg_compat.so.1
/usr/lib/libecpg_compat.so.1.1
/usr/lib/libpgtypes.so.1
...
Or, to get the file listing from a package that is not installed use the
"-p" option.
$ rpm -pql /iso0/Fedora/RPMS/libpcap-0.8.3-7.i386.rpm
/usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.8.3/CHANGES
/usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.8.3/LICENSE
/usr/share/doc/libpcap-0.8.3/README
/usr/share/man/man3/pcap.3.gz
Note, you can also get specific listing. For example, suppose you
want to view the changelog
$ rpm -q --changelog audit
* Tue Jan 13 2009 Steve Grubb <[email protected]> 1.7.11-2
- Add crypto event definitions
* Sat Jan 10 2009 Steve Grubb <[email protected]> 1.7.11-1
- New upstream release
Or, maybe you want to see what scripts are installed.
$ rpm -q --scripts audit
postinstall scriptlet (using /bin/sh):
/sbin/chkconfig --add auditd
preuninstall scriptlet (using /bin/sh):
if [ $1 -eq 0 ]; then
/sbin/service auditd stop > /dev/null 2>&1
/sbin/chkconfig --del auditd
fi
postuninstall scriptlet (using /bin/sh):
if [ $1 -ge 1 ]; then
/sbin/service auditd condrestart > /dev/null 2>&1 || :
fi
For dependencies listing, use the "R" option.

$ rpm -qpR /iso0/Fedora/RPMS/libpcap-0.8.3-7.i386.rpm
/sbin/ldconfig
/sbin/ldconfig
kernel >= 2.2.0
libc.so.6
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.0)
libc.so.6(GLIBC_2.1.3)
openssl
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) <= 3.0.4-1
rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix) <= 4.0-1
To check the integrity, use the "-K" option.
$ rpm -K /iso0/Fedora/RPMS/libpcap-0.8.3-7.i386.rpm
/iso0/Fedora/RPMS/libpcap-0.8.3-7.i386.rpm: (sha1) dsa sha1 md5 gpg OK
To list all packages installed.
$ rpm -qa
To find out which file a package belongs to.
$ rpm -qf /usr/lib/libecpg.so.4.1
To find the source. (See Tip 246 for more detail)
$ rpm -qi sysstat
To uninstall a package
$ rpm -e
For building rpm packages reference the following:
http://www-106.ibm.com/developerworks/library/l-rpm1/
To verify md5 sum so that you know it downloaded ok
$ rpm -K
*.rpm
The following is a good reference:

http://www.redhat.com/docs/books/max-rpm/max-rpm.pdf
http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/s1-rpm-install-additional-options.html
TIP 75:
Listing Output from a Bash Script.
Add "set -x"
#!/bin/bash
set -x
ls
date
Will list the files and output as follows:
+ ls
ChangeLog CVS data test
+ date
Thu Jul 1 20:41:04 EDT 2004
TIP 76:
Using wget.
Grap a webpage and pipe it to less. For example suppose you wanted to pipe the
contents of all these tips, directly from the web.
$ wget -O - http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt?download|less
TIP 77:
Finding IP address and MAC address.
$ /sbin/ifconfig
Note the following output "eth0" and "eth0:1" which means
two IP addresses are tied to 1 NIC (Network Interface Card).
eth0
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:50:DA:60:5B:AD

inet addr:192.168.1.155 Bcast:192.168.99.255 Mask:255.255.252.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:982757 errors:116 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:116
TX packets:439297 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:693529078 (661.4 Mb) TX bytes:78400296 (74.7 Mb)
Interrupt:10 Base address:0xa800
eth0:1
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:50:DA:60:5B:AD

inet addr:192.168.1.182 Bcast:192.168.3.255 Mask:255.255.252.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
Interrupt:10 Base address:0xa800
lo
Link encap:Local Loopback

inet addr:127.0.0.1 Mask:255.0.0.0
UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1
TIP 78:
DOS to UNIX and UNIX to DOS.
$ dos2unix file.txt
And to go the other way from UNIX to DOS
$ unix2dos unixfile
See the man page, since there are MAC options.
NOTE: If you're working file DOS files, you'll probably want to use
"zip" instead of "gzip" so users on Windows can unzip them.
$ zip test.zip test.txt
TIP 79:
Need to Run Interactive Commands? Try "expect".

http://expect.nist.gov/expect.tar.gz
This simple example waits for the input "hi", in some form before
returning, immediately, "hello there!". Otherwise, it will wait for
60 seconds, then, return "hello there!".
#!/usr/bin/expect
set timeout 60
expect "hi\n"
send "hello there!\n"
Reference:
http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/expect/chapter/ch03.html
http://www.cotse.com/dlf/man/expect/bulletproof1.htm
TIP 80:
Using PHP as a Command Line Scripting Language.
The following will grab the complete file from slashdot.
#!/usr/bin/php -q
<?php
$fileName = "http://slashdot.org/slashdot.xml";
$rss = file($fileName) or die ("Cannot open file $fileName\n");
for ($index=0; $index < count($rss); $index++)
{
echo $rss[$index];
}
?>
Note, if you want an example that parses the XML of
slashdot, then, download the following:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/php_scripts.tar.gz?download
TIP 81:
Discarding all output -- including stderr messages.
$ ls
> /dev/null 2>&1
Or sending all output to a file

$ someprog > /tmp/file 2>&1
Sometimes, find displays a lot of errors when searching through
directories that the user doesn't have access to. To discard
error messages "stderr", which is normally file descripter "2"
work the following:
$ find / -iname 'stuff' 2>/dev/null
or to pipe results elsewhere
$ find / -iname 'stuff' > /tmp/results_of_find
Also see (TIP 118).
2>/dev/null
TIP 82:
Using MIX. D. Knuth's assembly language/machine-code instruction set used in
his books to illustrate his algorithms.
Download the source:
http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=13897
$ ./configure
$ make
$ make install
Documentation can be found at the following link. The link on
sourceforge is not correct, but, the one below works.
http://www.gnu.org/software/mdk/manual/
TIP 83:
Gnuplot [ http://sourceforge.net/projects/gnuplot/ ].
This software is ideal for printing graphs.
gnuplot>
gnuplot>
gnuplot>
gnuplot>
set term png

set output 'testcos.png'
plot cos(x)*sin(x)
exit
Or the following command can be put into "file"

$ cat > file
set term png
set output 'testcos.png'
plot cos(x)*sin(x)
exit
^D
Then, run as follows:
$ gnuplot file
Or, suppose you have the following file "/home/chirico/data". Comments
with "#" are not read by gnuplot.
# File /home/chirico/data
#
2005-07-26 1
2.3
3
2005-07-27 2
3.4
5
2005-07-28 3
4
6.6
2005-07-29 4
6
2.5
And you have the following new "file"
set term png
set xdata time
set timefmt "%Y-%m-%d "
set format x "%Y/%m/%d"
set output '/var/www/html/chirico/gnuplot/data.png'
plot '/home/chirico/data' using 1:2 w linespoints title '1st col', \
'/home/chirico/data' using 1:3 w linespoints title '2nd col', \
'/home/chirico/data' using 1:4 w linespoints title '3rd col'
exit
You can now get a graph of this data running the following:
$ gnuplot file
TIP 84:
CPU Information - speed, processor, cache.
$ cat /proc/cpuinfo
processor
vendor_id
cpu family
model
model name
stepping
cpu MHz
cache size
fdiv_bug
hlt_bug
f00f_bug
coma_bug
fpu
fpu_exception
cpuid level
wp
flags
bogomips
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
GenuineIntel
15
2
Intel(R) Pentium(R) 4 CPU 2.20GHz
9
2193.221
512 KB
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
2
yes
fpu vme de pse tsc msr pae mce cx8 apic sep mtrr
4325.37
"bogomips" is a rough but good way to quickly compare two computer speeds. True it's a
bogus reading; but, a "good enough" for government work calculation. See (TIP 10) for
"vmstat" and "iostat".
TIP 85:
POVRAY - Making Animated GIFs
To see this in action, reference:
http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/povray/orbit.pov.html
These are the basic command to create:
$ povray orbit.ini -Iorbit.pov

$ convert -delay 20 *.ppm orbit.gif
By the way, convert is a program from imagemagick, and it can
be downloaded from ( http://www.imagemagick.org ).
The following is "orbit.pov"
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
"colors.inc"
"finish.inc"
"metals.inc"
"textures.inc"
"stones.inc"
"skies.inc"
camera {
location < 2, 3, -8 >
look_at < 0, 0, 0 >
focal_point <0, 0, 0>
blur_samples 20
}
light_source {
< 0, 10, 0>

color White
area_light <2,0,0>,<0,0,2>, 2, 2
adaptive 1
fade_distance 8
fade_power 1
}
sky_sphere {
S_Cloud3
}
plane { <0, 1, 0>, -1
texture {
pigment {
checker color Blue, color White
}
finish {Phong_Glossy}
}
}
#declare ball0=
sphere {
<0.5, 0.5, 0>, 1
texture {
T_Silver_1E
pigment {Yellow}
}
}
#declare ball1=
sphere {
<3, 2, 0>, 0.5
texture {
T_Silver_1E
pigment {Blue}
}
}
#declare ball2=
sphere {
<3, 1, 0>, 1
texture {
T_Silver_1E
pigment {Green}
}
}
object {ball0 rotate 360*clock*y}
object {ball1 rotate 720*clock*y}
object {ball2 rotate 360*(1 - clock)*y}
And, "orbit.ini" follows:

Output_File_Type=P
Width=320
Height=240
Initial_Frame=1
Final_Frame=10
Antialias=true
Subset_Start_Frame=1
Subset_End_Frame=10
Cyclic_Animation=on
TIP 86:
GPG --
GnuPG
Reference: http://www.gnupg.org/documentation/faqs.html
http://codesorcery.net/mutt/mutt-gnupg-howto
http://www.gnupg.org/(en)/download/index.html
(SCRIPT 4) on following link:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_common_script_commands.html?download
Generage key:
$ gpg --gen-key
Generate public key ID and fingerprint
$ gpg --fingerprint
Get a list of keys:
$ gpg --list-keys
pub
sub
1024D/A11C1499 2004-07-15 Mike Chirico <[email protected]>

1024g/E1A3C2B3 2004-07-15
Encrypt
$ gpg -r Mike
--encrypt sample.txt
This will produce "sample.txt.asc", which is a binary file.

name on the list of keys. Again, it will be a binary file.
Encrypt using "ASCII-armored text"
email, or some document.
Note, I can use "Mike" because that's the
(--armor), which is probably what you want when sending "in" the body of an
$ gpg -r Mike --encrypt --armor sample.txt

or
$ gpg -r Mike -e -a sample.txt
or
$ gpg --output somefile.asc --armor -r Mike --encrypt --armor sample.txt
The above 3 statements will still produce "sample.txt.asc", but look at it, or "$ cat sample.txt.asc" without
fear, since there are no binary characters. Yes, you could even compile a program "$ g++ -o test test.c" , then,
"$ gpg --output test.asc -r Mike --encrypt --armor test". However, when decrypting make sure to pipe
the results.
$ gpg --decrypt test.asc > test
Export "public" key:
$ gpg --armor --export Mike > m1.asc
Signing the file "message.txt":
$ gpg --clearsign message.txt
Sending the key to the "key-server"

First, list the keys.
$ gpg --list-keys
/home/chirico/.gnupg/pubring.gpg
v------------------ Use this with "0x" in front ------pub 1024D/A11C1499 2004-07-15 Mike Chirico <[email protected]>
|
sub 1024g/E1A3C2B3 2004-07-15
|
|
v---------------------------------------------------$ gpg --send-keys 0xA11C1499

The above sends it to the keyserver defined in "/home/chirico/.gnupg/gpg.conf".
Other key servers:
wwwkeys.pgp.net
search.keyserver.net
pgp.ai.mit.edu
When you go to your user-group meetings, you need to bring 2 forms of ID, and
list your Key fingerprint. Shown below is the command for getting this fingerprint.
$ gpg --fingerprint [email protected]
pub
1024D/A11C1499 2004-07-15
Key fingerprint = 9D7F C80D BB7B 4BAB CCA4 1BE9 9056 5BEC A11C 1499
uid
Mike Chirico (http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/chirico/index.php) <[email protected]>
sub
1024g/E1A3C2B3 2004-07-15
Receving keys:
The following will retrieve my [email protected] key
$ gpg --recv-keys 0xA11C1499
Special Note: If you get the following error "GPG: Warning: Using Insecure Memory" , then,
" chmod 4755 /path/to/gpg" to setuid(root) permissioins on the gpg binary.
NOTE: If using mutt, just before sending with the "y" option, hit "p" to sign or encrypt.
It's possible to create a gpg/pgp email from the command line. For a tutorial on this,
reference (SCRIPT 4) at the following link:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_common_script_commands.html?download
TIP 87:
Working with Dates: Steffen Beyer has developed a Perl and C module for working with dates
This softare can be downloaded from the following location:
http://www.engelschall.com/u/sb/download/pkg/Date-Calc-5.3.tar.gz
$
$
$
$
$
wget http://www.engelschall.com/u/sb/download/pkg/Date-Calc-5.3.tar.gz
tar -xzvf Date-Calc-5.3.tar.gz
cd Date-Calc-5.3
cp ./examples/cal.c .
gcc cal.c DateCalc.c -o mcal
The file cal.c contains sample function calls from DateCalc.c. Note, "DateCalc.c"
is just a list of functions and includes for "DateCalc.h" and "ToolBox.h".
Or, and this may be easier, just download the following:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cpearls/date_calc.tar.gz?download
The above link contains a few examples.
TIP 88:
Color patterns for mutt.
The colors can be changed in the /home/user/.muttrc file. The first field begins with
color, the second field is the foreground color, and the third field is the background
color, or default.
An example .muttrc for colors:

# color patterns for mutt
color normal
white
black # normal text
color indicator black
yellow # actual message
color tree
brightmagenta default # thread arrows
color status
brightyellow
default # status line
color error
brightred
default # errors
color message
magenta
default # info messages
color signature magenta
default # signature
color attachment brightyellow
red
# MIME attachments
color search
brightyellow
red
# search matches
color tilde
brightmagenta default # ~ at bottom of msg
color markers
red
default # + at beginning of wrapped lines
color hdrdefault cyan
default # default header lines
color bold
red
default # hiliting bold patterns in body
color underline green
default # hiliting underlined patterns in body
color quoted
cyan
default # quoted text
color quoted1
magenta
default
color quoted2
red
default
color quoted3
green
default
color quoted4
magenta
default
color quoted5
cyan
default
color quoted6
magenta
default
color quoted7
red
default
color quoted8
green
default
color quoted9
cyan
default
color body
cyan default "((ftp|http|https)://|news:)[^ >)\"\t]+"
color body
cyan default "[-a-z_0-9.+]+@[-a-z_0-9.]+"
color body
red
default "(^| )\\*[-a-z0-9*]+\\*[,.?]?[ \n]"
color body
green default "(^| )_[-a-z0-9_]+_[,.?]?[\n]"
color body
red
default "(^| )\\*[-a-z0-9*]+\\*[,.?]?[ \n]"
color body
green default "(^| )_[-a-z0-9_]+_[,.?]?[ \n]"
color index cyan default ~F
# Flagged
color index red
default ~N
# New
color index magenta
default ~T
# Tagged
color index cyan
default ~D
# Deleted
Also see (TIP 190)
TIP 89:
ps command in detail
Here are the possible codes when using state "$ ps -e -o state,cmd"
PROCESS STATE CODES

D
uninterruptible sleep (usually IO)
R
runnable (on run queue)
S
sleeping
T
traced or stopped
Z
a defunct ("zombie") process
<
N
L
s
l
+
high-priority (not nice to other users)

low-priority (nice to other users)
has pages locked into memory (for real-time and custom IO)
is a session leader
is multi-threaded (using CLONE_THREAD, like NPTL pthreads do)
is in the foreground process group
For instance:
Note that the -o is for user defined, and -e is for select
all process.
$ ps -e -o pid,state,start,time,etime,cmd
...
9946
9985
10003
10320
...
S
T
T
T
15:40:45
15:41:24
15:43:59
17:38:42
00:00:00
00:00:01
00:00:00
00:00:00
02:23:29
02:22:50
02:20:15
25:32
/bin/bash -i
emacs mout2
emacs NOTES
emacs stuff.c
You may want to command below, without the -e, which will give the
process only under the current terminal.
$ ps -o pid,state,start,time,etime,cmd
Want to find what 's impacting your load?
$ ps -e -o %cpu,pid,state,start,time,etime,%cpu,%mem,cmd|sort -rn|less
$ ps aux
USER
root
root
root
root
...
PID %CPU %MEM

1 0.0 0.0
2 0.0 0.0
3 0.0 0.0
4 0.0 0.0
VSZ
1380
0
0
0
RSS
480
0
0
0
TTY
?
?
?
?
STAT
S
SWN
SW<
SW<
START
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
TIME
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
COMMAND
init [3]
[ksoftirqd/0]
[events/0]
[khelper]
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug04
Aug05
Aug05
Aug05
Aug05
Aug05
0:00
0:00
0:54
0:10
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:15
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:14
0:00
-bash USER=chirico LOGNAME=chirico HOME=/home/chirico PATH=/usr/

screen -e^Pa -D -R HOSTNAME=third-fl-71.localdomain TERM=xterm S
SCREEN -e^Pa -D -R HOSTNAME=third-fl-71.localdomain TERM=xterm S
/bin/bash STY=2772.pts-0.third-fl-71 TERM=screen TERMCAP=SC|scre
su -bash
fetchmail
su - donkey
-bash
fetchmail
Or, if you want to see the environment add the -e option

$ ps aeux
...
chirico
chirico
chirico
chirico
chirico
root
root
chirico
sporkey
chirico
chirico
root
donkey
donkey
chirico
...
2735
2771
2772
2773
2797
2821
2822
2862
2946
2952
3880
3904
3905
3938
3944
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.6
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.1
4400
4328
9476
4432
4416
4100
4384
4428
6836
4436
4416
4100
4336
6732
4416
1492
924
6352
1548
1496
952
1480
1524
2960
1552
1496
956
1452
2856
1496
pts/0
pts/0
?
pts/1
pts/2
pts/2
pts/2
pts/3
?
pts/5
pts/6
pts/6
pts/6
?
pts/7
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
There is also a -f "forrest" option. Also note below " -bash" is the start of a login shell.
$ ps aeuxwwf
The ww option above gives a wide format with all variables. Use the above command if you plan
to parse through a Perl script. Otherwise, it may be easier to do a quick read using the command
below, without "ww".
$ ps aeuxf
...
root
root
chirico
chirico
chirico
root
2339
25651
25653
25654
25690
2355
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.0
3512
6764
6840
4364
4328
2068
1444
1980
2236
1440
920
904
?
?
?
pts/4
pts/4
?
S
S
S
S
S
S
Dec01
Dec23
Dec23
Dec23
Dec23
Dec01
0:00 /usr/sbin/sshd
0:00 \_ /usr/sbin/sshd
0:14
\_ /usr/sbin/sshd
0:00
\_ -bash USER=chirico LOGNAME=chirico HOME=/home/chirico
0:00
\_ screen -e^Pa -D -R HOSTNAME=third-fl-71.localdomain TERM=xterm
0:00 xinetd -stayalive -pidfile /var/run/xinetd.pid
...
It is also possible to list the process by command line. For example, the following command will only list the emacs
processes.
$ ps -fC emacs
UID
PID PPID
chirico
5049 5020
chirico 12368 5104
chirico 19792 18028
chirico 14034 27367
C
0
0
0
0
STIME
May11
May12
May13
18:52
TTY
pts/13
pts/18
pts/20
pts/8
TIME
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:00
00:00:00
CMD
emacs
emacs
emacs
emacs
-nw
-nw
-nw
-nw
Notes
dnotify.c
hello.c
How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt
You may also want to consider using top in batch mode. Here the "-n 1" means refresh once,
and the "b" is for batch. The "fmt -s" is to put it in a more readable format.
$ top -n 1 b |fmt
-s >>statfile
TIP 90:
Learning Assembly.
Once you have written the source, assuming the file is "exit.s", it can be compiled as follows:
$ as exit.s -o exit.o
$ ld exit.o -o exit
Here is the program:

#
#INPUT: none
#
#OUTPUT:
returns a status code. This can be viewed
# by typing
#
# echo $?
#
# after running the program
#
#VARIABLES:
# %eax holds the system call number
# (this is always the case)
#
# %ebx holds the return status
#
.section .data
.section .text
.globl _start
_start:
movl $1, %eax # this is the linux kernel command
# number (system call) for exiting
# a program
movl $0, %ebx # this is the status number we will
# return to the operating system.
# Change this around and it will
# return different things to
# echo $?
int $0x80 # this wakes up the kernel to run
# the exit command
After running this program, you can get the exit code.
$ echo $?
0
That is about all it does; but, get the book for more details. The
book is free.
http://savannah.nongnu.org/download/pgubook/
TIP 91:
Creating a sandbox for reiserfstune,debugreiserfs and ACL.
Also see TIP 4.
Assume you have a reisers files system created from a disk file, which
means you have done something like the following:
#
#
#
#
#
dd if=/dev/zero of=disk-rfs count=102400

losetup /dev/loop4 ./disk-rfs
mkfs -t reiserfs /dev/loop4
mkdir /fs2
mount -o loop,acl ./disk-rfs /fs2
Now, you can run reiserfstune. But, first you will need to umount fs2
# umount /fs2
# reiserfstune ./disk-rfs
Or you can run the debug command
# debugreiserfs -J ./disk-rfs
Now, suppose you run through a lot of the debug options on
http://www.namesys.com/ and you destroy this file.
You can recreate the file and delete the loop device.
# dd if=/dev/zero of=disk-rfs count=102400
# losetup -d /dev/loop4
# mount -o loop,acl ./disk-rfs /fs2
Now, try working with some of the ACL options - you can only do this
with the latest kernel and tools -- Fedora Core 2 will work.
Assume you have 3 users, donkey, chirico and bozo2. You can give
everyone rights to this file system as follows:
# setfacl -R -m d:u:donkey:rwx,d:u:chirico:rwx,d:u:bozo2:rwx /fs2
TIP 92:
SpamAssassin - Setup.
Step 1.
Installing the SpamAssassin CPAN utility. You will need to do this
as root.
$ su Once you have root privileges invoke cpan.
# perl -MCPAN -e shell
cpan>
Now install with prerequisites policy set to ask.
cpan> o conf prerequisites_policy ask
cpan> install Mail::SpamAssassin

You will get lots of output as the necessary modules are downloaded and
compiled and installed.
Step 2.
Configuration.
Edit the following "/etc/mail/spamassassin/local.cf"
Here is a look at my file
$ cat /etc/mail/spamassassin/local.cf
# This is the right place to customize your installation of SpamAssassin.

#
# See 'perldoc Mail::SpamAssassin::Conf' for details of what can be
# tweaked.
#
###########################################################################
#
# rewrite_subject 0
# report_safe 1
# trusted_networks 212.17.35.
#
# Below added from book
# You may want to set this to 5, then, work your way down.
# Currently I have this 3
required_hits 3
# This determines how spam is reported. Currently safe email is reported
# in the message.
report_safe 1
# The will rewrite the tag of the spam message.
rewrite_subject 1
# By default, SpamAssassin will run RBL checks.
# does this, set this to 1.
skip_rbl_checks 0
If your ISP already
Step 3.
Update .procmail.
You should update the .procmail file as follows. Here is my /home/chirico/.procmail file.
$ cat /home/chirico/.procmailrc
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin
MAILDIR=/var/spool/mail
DEFAULT=/var/spool/mail/chirico
LOGFILE=/home/chirico/MailBAG
MYHOME=/home/chirico
# Must have folder MailTRASH
TRASH=/home/chirico/MailTRASH
# Will get everything from this mail
:0
* ^From:.*[email protected]
$DEFAULT
# Spamassassin
:0fw
* <300000
|/usr/local/bin/spamassassin
Reference:
http://pm-doc.sourceforge.net/
TIP 93:
Make Graphs: using dot and neato.
$ dot -Tpng dotfile -o myout.png
To see the output reference the following:
http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/code/myout.png
Where "dotfile" is the following:
$ cat dotfile
digraph g
{
node [shape = record];
node0 [ label ="<f0> stuff | <f1> J | <f2> "];
node1 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> E | <f2> "];
node4 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> C | <f2> "];
node6 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> I | <f2> "];
node2 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> U | <f2> "];
node5 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> N | <f2> "];
node9 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> Y | <f2> "];
node8 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> W | <f2> "];
node10 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> Z | <f2> "];
node7 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> A | <f2> "];
node3 [ label ="<f0> | <f1> G | <f2> "];
"node0":f0 -> "node1":f1;

"node1":f0
"node1":f2
"node4":f0
"node4":f2
->
->
->
->
"node4":f1;
"node6":f1;
"node7":f1;
"node3":f1;

"node9":f2 -> "node10":f1;
}
Checkout the following article:
http://www.linuxjournal.com/article.php?sid=7275
To download this software
http://www.graphviz.org/
TIP 94:
Makefile: working with conditions
First note that all the indentations of the file must be

a single tab. There cannot be any spaces, or make will
not run.
$ cat Makefile
# Compiler flags
sqliteLIB := $(shell ls /usr/local/lib/libsqlite.so)
sqlite3LIB := $(shell ls /usr/local/lib/libsqlite3.so)
# all assumes sqlite and sqlite3 are installed
#
test:
ifeq ("$(sqlite3LIB)","/usr/local/lib/libsqlite3.so")
@echo -e "True -- we found the file"
else
@echo "False -- we did not find the file"
endif
So, if I run make I will get the following output.

$ make
True -- we found the file
This is because I have a file /usr/local/lib/libsqlite3.so on my system.
Note how the assignment is made, with the shell command
sqlite3LIB := $(shell ls /usr/local/lib/libsqlite3.so)
TIP 95:
Bash: Conditional Expressions
if [ -e /etc/ntp.conf ]
then
echo "You have the ntp config file"
else
echo "You do not have the ntp config file"
fi
Now using an AND condition inside the [ ]. By the way, above, you
can put the "then" on the same line as the if "if [ -e /etc/ntp.conf ]; then"
as long as you use the ";".
if [ $ -e /etc/ntp.conf $ -a $ -e /etc/ntp/ntpservers $ ]
then
echo "You have ntp config and ntpservers"
elif [ -e /etc/ntp.conf ]; then
echo " You just have ntp.conf "
elif [ -e /etc/ntp/ntpservers ]; then
echo " You just have ntpservers "
else
echo " you have neither ntp.conf or ntpservers"
fi
A few things to note above. Else if statement is written as "elif", and when
dealing with "(" you will need to insert "\(". By the way "-o" can replace "-a"
and the "-o" is for OR condition. AND can be done as follows too.
if [ -e /etc/ntp.conf ] && [ -e /etc/ntp/ntpservers ]
then
echo "You have ntp config and ntpservers"
elif [ -e /etc/ntp.conf ]; then
echo " You just have ntp.conf "
elif [ -e /etc/ntp/ntpservers ]; then
echo " You just have ntpservers "
else
echo " you have neither ntp.conf or ntpservers"
fi
Conditional Expressions (files).
-b
-c
-d
-e
-f
-g
-G
file
file
file
file
file
file
file
True
True
True
True
True
True
True
if
if
if
if
if
if
if
file exists and is a block file

file exists and is a character device file
file exists and is a directory
file exists
file exists and is a regular file
file exists and is set goup id
owned by the effective group ID
-k file
-L file
-n string
True if "sticky" bit is set and file exists

True if file exists and is a symbolic link
True if string is non-null
-O file
Ture if file exists and is owned by the effective user ID
-p
-r
-s
-S
file
file
file
file
True
True
True
True
if
if
if
if
file
file
file
file
-t
-u
-w
-x
-x
file
file
file
file
dir
True
True
True
True
True
if
if
if
if
if
file is open and refers to a terminal.

setuid bit is set
file exists and is writeable
file executable
directory can be searched
file1 -nt file2

file1 -ot file2
file1 -ef file2
is a named pipe (FIFO)

is readable
has size > 0
exists and is a socket
True if file1 modification date newer than file2

True if file1 modification date older than file2
True if file1 and file2 have same inode
Conditional Expressions (Integers).

-lt
-le
-eq
-ge
-gt
-ne
Less than
Less than or equal
Equal
Greater than or equal
Greater than
Not equal
Example usage.
#!/bin/bash
{
while read num value; do
if [ $num -gt 2 ]; then
echo $value
fi
done
} < somefile
Conditional Expressions (Strings).

str1 = str2
str1 != str2
str1 < str2
str1 > str2
-n str1
-z str1
TIP 96:
CVS: Working with cvs
INITIAL REPOSITORY:
str1
str1
str1
str1
str1
str1
matches str2
does not matches str2
is less than str2
is greater than str2
is not null (length greater than 0)
is null (las length 0)
To create a repository, and this is normally done by the system admin. This
is NOT creating a project to checkout, but the location where everything
will be stored! The initial repository!
cvs -d repository_root_directory init
Or here is a specific example:
cvs -d /work/cvsREPOSITORY/
init
Creating a directory tree from scratch. For a new project, the easiest thing to
do is probably to create an empty directory structure, like this:
$ mkdir sqlite_examples
$ mkdir sqlite_examples/man
$ mkdir sqlite_examples/testing
After that, you use the import command to create the

corresponding (empty) directory structure inside the repository:
$ cd <directory>
$ cvs -d repository_root_directory import
-m "Created directory structure" yoyodyne/dir yoyo start
Or, here is a specific example.

$
$
cd sqlite_examples
cvs -d /work/cvsREPOSITORY/ import -m 'test SQlite'
sqlite_examples sqlite_examples start
Now, you can delete the directory sqlite_examples, or go to another directory and type
the following:
$ cvs -d /work/cvsREPOSITORY/ co sqlite_examples
COOL TOOLS:
1. cvsps
2. cvsreport
cvsps which you can find at http://www.cobite.com/cvsps/cvsps-2.0rc1.tar.gz
$ cvsps -f README_sqlite_tutorial.html
TIP 97:
Common vi and vim commands
Command mode ESC
dd
u
y
p/P
delete
undelete
yank (copy to buffer)
p before cursor/P after cursor
Ctl-g
shft-G
n shft-G
show current line number

end of file
move to line n
/stuff/
search
n
repeat in same direction
N
repeat in opposite direction
/return repeat seach forward
?return repeat seach backward
"dyy
Yank current line to buffer d
"a7yy Yank next 7 lines to buffer a

or
:1,7ya a Yank [ya] lines 1,7 to buffer a
:1,7ya b Yank [ya] lines 1,7 to buffer b
:5 pu b
"dP
"ap
Put [pu] buffer b after line 5
Put the content of buffer d before cursor

Put the contents of buffer a after cursor
:1,4 w! file2
:1,3
Write lines 1,4 to file2
:set nu
:set nonum
Display line numbers

Turns off display
:set ic
Ignore Case
:e <filename> Edit a file in a new buffer

:g/<reg exp>/p
Print matching regular expression
vim
:split
:split <filename>
:sp <filename>
:split new
ctl-w
ctl-w+
ctl-wctl+wv
ctl-wq
:only
To move between windows

To change size
Split windows vertically
Close window
To view only 1 window
vim dictionary - put the following command in ~/.vimrc

set dictionary+=/usr/share/dict/words
set thesaurus+=/usr/share/dict/words
Now, after you type a word <ctl-x><ctl-k><ctl-n> and to
go back in the listing <ctl-p>
butter<ctl-x><ctl-k><ctl-n>
Scripting - you can script vi commands using ex. For example
suppose you want to replace all occurrences of "one" with "two", then
exit the file if there are changes. You would put the following in a file call script
Contents of script
%s/one/two/g|x
If you want to run this on all files with the patten "example*"
for i in $(ls example*); do ex - $i <script; done
TIP 98:
Using apt-get
$ apt-get update
$ apt-get -s install <pkage>
<---- if everything is ok, then, remove the s
Note you may want to use dpkg to purge if you have to do a reinstall.
$ dpkg --purge exim4-base

$ dpkg --purge exim4-config
$ apt-get install exim4
$ dpkg-reconfigure exim4-config
TIP 99:
Mounting a cdrom on openbsd and installing packages
$ mkdir -p /cdrom
$ mount /dev/cd0a /cdrom
$ cd /cdrom
To add packages
$ pkg_add -v
<directory>
Mounting a cdrom on linux to a user's home sub-directory:

$ mkdir -p /home/chirico/cdrom
$ mount /dev/cdrom /home/chirico/cdrom
TIP 100:
Creating a boot floppy for knoppix cd:
$ dd if=/mnt/cdrom/KNOPPIX/boot.img of=/dev/fd0 bs=1440k
References:
http://www.knoppix.net/docs/index.php/BootFloppyHowTo
For a lot of the knoppix how-to's
http://www.knoppix.net/docs/index.php/
TIP 101:
Diction and Style Tools for Linux
http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/diction/
$ diction mytext|less
Or, this can be done interactively
$ diction
This is more text to read and you can do with it
what you want.
(stdin):1: This is more text to read and you [can -> (do not confuse with "may")] do with it what you want.
DESCRIPTION
Diction finds all sentences in a document, that contain phrases from a
database of frequently misused, bad or wordy diction. It further
checks for double words. If no files are given, the document is read
from standard input. Each found phrase is enclosed in [ ] (brackets).
Suggestions and advice, if any, are printed headed by a right arrow ->.
A sentence is a sequence of words, that starts with a capitalised word
and ends with a full stop, double colon, question mark or exclaimation
mark. A single letter followed by a dot is considered an abbreviation,
so it does not terminate a sentence.
Various multi-letter abbreviations are recognized, they do not terminate a sentence as well.
TIP 102:
Using a mail alias.

Suppose all root mail on your system to go to one root account [email protected]
In the following file:
/etc/aliases
Add this line
root:
[email protected]
Next, run newaliases [/usr/bin/newaliases] as follows:

$ newaliases
Special note: It's possible to send mail to more than one address. Suppose you want
mail going to [email protected] above, plus you want it going to user donkey
on the local system.
root:
[email protected] donkey
TIP 103:
Chrony - this service is similiar to ntp. It keeps accurate time
on your computer against a very accurate clock in across
a network with various time delays.
Reference: http://go.to/chrony
In the file "/etc/chrony/chrony.conf" add/replace the following
server 146.186.218.60
server 128.118.25.3
server 128.2.129.21
Next start the chrony service
$ /etc/init.d/chrony restart
Next verify that this is working. It may take 20 or 30 minutes to update
the clock.
Shell command:
# chronyc
chronyc> sourcestats
210 Number of sources = 3
Name/IP Address
NP NR Span Frequency
Freq Skew
Std Dev
========================================================================
b50.cede.psu.edu
2
0
64
0.000
2000.000 4000ms
otc2.psu.edu
2
0
66
0.000
2000.000 4000ms
FS3.ECE.CMU.EDU
2
0
64
0.000
2000.000 4000ms
chronyc>
It is probably best to let chrony do its work. However, if you want to
set both the hardware and software clock, the following will work:
Sets the hardware clock
# hwclock --set --date="12/10/04 10:18:05"
Sync the hardware clock to software
# hwclock --hctosys
Set the timezone
# ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/UTC /etc/localtime

or
# ln -sf /usr/share/zoneinfo/US/Eastern /etc/localtime
Set ZONE in /etc/sysconfig/clock
ZONE="Etc/GMT"
or I use the following for my timezone
ZONE="America/New York"
Normally the system keep accurate time with the software clock.
TIP 104:
NFS mount
SERVER (192.168.1.182)
Make sure nfs is running on the server
$ /etc/init.d/nfs restart
At the server the contents of /etc/exports for
allowing 2 computers (192.168.1.171 and 192.168.1.71)
to access the home directory of this server. Note that
read write (rw) access is allowed.
$ cat /etc/exports
/home
192.168.1.171(rw)
/home
192.168.1.71(rw)
Or, if you have a lot of clients on 192.168.1.* then consider
the following:
/home 192.168.1.0/255.255.252.0(rw)
Next, still at the server, run the exportfs command
$ exportfs -rv
IPTABLES (lokkit). If you're using fedora with default lokkit firewall
then you can put the following under "Other ports".
Other ports nfs:tcp nfs:udp
If the above does not work or you are not using lokkit
IPTABLES (values in /etc/sysconfig/iptables on SERVER )
# NFS Need to accept fragmented packets and may not have header
#
so you will not know where they are coming from
-A INPUT -f -j ACCEPT
-A INPUT -p tcp -m tcp -s 192.168.1.171 -m multiport --dports 111,683,686,685,1026,2049,2219
-A INPUT -p tcp -s 192.168.1.171 -d 0/0 --dport 32765:32768 -j ACCEPT
-A INPUT -p udp -m udp -s 192.168.1.171 -m multiport --dports 111,683,686,685,1026,2049,2219
-A INPUT -p udp -s 192.168.1.171 -d 0/0 --dport 32765:32768 -j ACCEPT
-A
-A
-A
-A
-A
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
INPUT
-f
-p
-p
-p
-p
-j ACCEPT
tcp -m tcp -s 192.168.1.71
tcp -s 192.168.1.71 -d 0/0
udp -m udp -s 192.168.1.71
udp -s 192.168.1.71 -d 0/0
-m multiport --dports 111,683,686,685,1026,2049,2219

--dport 32765:32768 -j ACCEPT
-m multiport --dports 111,683,686,685,1026,2049,2219
--dport 32765:32768 -j ACCEPT
(Reference: http://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/server.html)
-j ACCEPT
-j ACCEPT
-j ACCEPT
-j ACCEPT
and
(Reference: http://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/security.html)
CLIENT1 (192.168.1.171)
$ mkdir -p /home2
$ cat /etc/fstab
192.168.1.182:/home
/home2
nfs
rw 0 0
$ mount -a -t nfs
Or to do a one time mounting by hand
$ mount -t nfs 192.168.1.182:/home
/home2
Now /home2 on the client will be /home on the server

Reference:
http://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/index.html
MONITOR NFS:
To monitor the client:
$ nfsstat -c
Also note you can "cat /proc/net/rpc/nfs" as well.
To monitor the server (note the -s instead of the -c).
$ nfsstat -s
Also note you can "cat /proc/net/rpc/nfsd" as well.
The following "cat" command is done on the NFS server, and shows which
clients are mounting. This does not go with examples above. By the way,
"root_squash" is the default, and means that root access on the clients is
denied. So, how does the client root get access to these filesystems? You have
to "su - <someuser>".
$ cat /proc/fs/nfs/exports
# Version 1.1
# Path Client(Flags) # IPs
/home
192.168.1.102(rw,root_squash,sync,wdelay)
/home
squeezel.squeezel.com(rw,root_squash,sync,wdelay)
/home
/home
livingroom.squeezel.com(rw,root_squash,sync,wdelay)
/home
/home
closet.squeezel.com(rw,root_squash,sync,wdelay)
(Reference: http://www.vanemery.com/Linux/NFSv4/NFSv4-no-rpcsec.html#automount )
TIP 105:
Ports used for Microsoft products
http://www.microsoft.com/canada/smallbiz/sgc/articles/ref_net_ports_ms_prod.mspx?pf=true
Firewalling?
http://www.microsoft.com/technet/prodtechnol/windowsserver2003/library/ServerHelp/428c1bbf-2ceb-4f76-a1ef-0219982eca10.mspx
To find out common port mappings, take a look at "/etc/services"
To find an extensive list, reference http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers
TIP 106:
Man pages: If man pages are formatting incorrectly with PuTTY, try editing
the "/etc/man.config" file with the following changes:
NROFF /usr/bin/groff -Tlatin1 -mandoc
NEQN /usr/bin/geqn -Tlatin1
(Reference TIP 7 for using man)
TIP 107:
Valgrind: check for memory leaks in your programs. (http://valgrind.org/)
This is how you can run it on the program "a.out" for valgrind version 2.2.0
$ valgrind --logfile=valgrind.output
--tool=memcheck ./a.out
This is how you write the logfile "--log-file" for valgrind-3.0.1

$ valgrind
--log-file=valgrind --leak-check=yes --tool=memcheck ./a.out
With C++ programs with gcc 3.4 and later that use STL, export GLIBCXX_FORCE_NEW
only when testing to disable memory caching. Remember to enable for production
as this will have a performance penalty. Reference http://valgrind.org/docs/FAQ/
TIP 108:
Runlevel Configuring.
The
run
the
run
program ntsysv, run as root, gives you a ncurses GUI to what will
on your system on boot. The chkconfig program (man chkconfig) has
ability to list which programs are set to start on the chosen
level.
# ntsysv
# chkconfig
If at this moment you want to see what services are currently running,
then, run the following command:
# /sbin/service --status-all
Note, you can also set these manually. For example, normally you will
have files in "/etc/init.d/" that will take parameters like "start","stop"
"restart".
Take a look at "/etc/init.d/mysql" this file will start and stop the
mysql daemon. So, how does know which run levels, and the order it gets
loaded in the run level to other programs? By the K<number> and S<number>
values.
$ ls /etc/rc3.d/*mysql
/etc/rc3.d/K85mysql
/etc/rc3.d/S85mysql
So here on my system the start value is 85. Looking in /etc/rc3.d, which is
run level 3, any program with a lower number S84something will get loaded
before mysql.
I manually set the run level as follows for mysql.
# cd /etc/rc3.d
# ln -s ../init.d/mysql S85mysql
# ln -s ../init.d/mysql K85mysql
# cd /etc/rc5.d
# ln -s ../init.d/mysql S85mysql
# ln -s ../init.d/mysql K85mysql
Note that I could have chose other numbers as well. "ntsysv" gives
you a graphical interface.
This is a way of doing this with "chkconfig" at the command prompt.
# chkconfig --list mysqld
mysqld
0:off
1:off
2:off
3:on
4:off
5:on
6:off
Above you can see it's on. Here's how we would have turned this on with chkconfig.
# chkconfig --level 35 mysqld on
Reference:
http://www-128.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-boot.html?ca=dgr-lnxw99-obg-BootFast
TIP 109:
File Alteration Monitor - Gamin a FAM replacement
http://www.gnome.org/~veillard/gamin/
http://www.gnome.org/~veillard/gamin/sources/
****** EXAMPLE NOT COMPLETE *****
Working with fam - file alteration monitor.
a change in a file's status.
Mail uses this to signify
Below is the sample C program ftest.c which can be compiled as

follows:
$ gcc -o ftest ftest.c
-lfam
You will need to work with this as root

#
./ftest <somefile absolute path>
Reference:
http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/tpl/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?db=man&fname=/usr/share/catman/p_man/cat3x/fam.z
http://www.devchannel.org/devtoolschannel/04/05/13/2146252.shtml
TIP 110:
glibc - this is the main library used by C, and the following
link below gives you examples on everything from sockets,math,
date and time functions, user environment, and much more.
http://www.gnu.org/software/libc/manual/html_mono/libc.html
How do you know which version of glibc you are running?
#include <stdio.h>
#include <gnu/libc-version.h>
int main (void)
{
puts (gnu_get_libc_version ());
return 0;
Thanks to Jorg Esser for pointing this out, there is a

way to get the GNU C library version directly, by running
the library name as if it were a command line.
[chirico@v0 ~]$ /lib/libc.so.6
GNU C Library stable release version 2.7, by Roland McGrath et al.
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.
There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Compiled by GNU CC version 4.1.2 20070925 (Red Hat 4.1.2-32).
Compiled on a Linux >>2.6.20-1.3001.fc6xen<< system on 2007-10-18.
Available extensions:
The C stubs add-on version 2.1.2.
crypt add-on version 2.1 by Michael Glad and others
GNU Libidn by Simon Josefsson
Native POSIX Threads Library by Ulrich Drepper et al
BIND-8.2.3-T5B
RT using linux kernel aio
For bug reporting instructions, please see:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/libc/bugs.html>.
TIP 111:
nslookup and dig - query Internet name servers interactively.
$ nslookup
>chirico.org
Server:
Address:
68.80.0.6
68.80.0.6#53
Name: chirico.org
Address: 66.35.250.210
>
The nslookup command will query the dns server is "/etc/resolve.conf"
However, you can force a certain dns with "- server". For example the
command below goes to the server named dilbert
$ nslookup - dilbert
>
dig:
dig gives you more information. You should probably use dig instead
of nslookup.
Below I am forcing the lookup from DNS 68.80.0.6 of the name chirico.org, and
note that the query time is return too.
$ dig @68.80.0.6
+qr chirico.org
; <<>> DiG 9.2.1 <<>> @68.80.0.6 +qr chirico.org

;; global options: printcmd
;; Sending:
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 55908
;; flags: rd; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 0, AUTHORITY: 0, ADDITIONAL: 0
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;chirico.org.
IN
;; Got answer:
;; ->>HEADER<<- opcode: QUERY, status: NOERROR, id: 55908
;; flags: qr rd ra; QUERY: 1, ANSWER: 1, AUTHORITY: 2, ADDITIONAL: 2
;; QUESTION SECTION:
;chirico.org.
IN
;; ANSWER SECTION:
chirico.org.
5538
IN
66.35.250.210
;; AUTHORITY SECTION:
chirico.org.
chirico.org.
30599
30599
IN
IN
NS
NS
ns78.worldnic.com.
ns77.worldnic.com.
;; ADDITIONAL SECTION:
ns78.worldnic.com.
ns77.worldnic.com.
16022
7
IN
IN
A
A
216.168.225.218
216.168.228.41
;;
;;
;;
;;
Query time: 155 msec

SERVER: 68.80.0.6#53(68.80.0.6)
WHEN: Thu Dec 23 07:48:23 2004
MSG SIZE rcvd: 127
So what if you wanted to know what name the IP address 66.35.250.210

resolves to, when using dns 68.80.0.12.
$ dig @68.80.0.12 -x 66.35.250.210
...
;; ANSWER SECTION:
210.250.35.66.in-addr.arpa. 3600 IN
CNAME
210.0/24.250.35.66.in-addr.arpa. 3600 IN PTR
210.0/24.250.35.66.in-addr.arpa.
vhost.sourceforge.net.
Above you can see it resolved to "vhost.sourceforge.net"

It's also possible to get all the zone information. The following command
queries my local dns 192.168.1.71 for the squeezel.com. zone information.
$ dig @192.168.1.71
squeezel.com. axfr
Reference ( http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO-5.html )
Also see TIP 223.
TIP 112:
Using GNU Autotools - so you can produce the familiar "./configure"
commands. There is also a "make dist".
"make"
and "make install"
The program sqlite3api.cc and the rest of this code can be found at
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cpearls/autotools.tar.gz?download
A "Makefile.am" is required:
bin_PROGRAMS = sprog
sprog_SOURCES = sqlite3api.cc
sprog_LDADD = @INCLUDES@ @SQLIBOBJS@
In addition, a "configure.in" file is required. Note, AC_CHECK_LIB will

check the "libsqlite3.so" file for the "sqlite3_open" file. Note that
"sqlite3", is a shortcut for "libsqlite3" by convention. If this file
is not found, AC_CHECK_FILE looks for "/usr/local/lib/libsqlite3.a". If
this is found, then, "-lsqlite3" is added to the LIBS environment variable.
Also, "-I/usr/local/include" and "-L/usr/local/lib" will be added on the
command line. This is common when some one does not have the library in
the path. (See TIP 49)
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
AC_INIT(sqlite3api.cc)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(sqliteprog, 1.0)
AC_PROG_CXX
CXXFLAGS='-Wall -W -O2 -s -pipe'
AC_CHECK_LIB(sqlite3,sqlite3_open,[],found=no)
if test "$found" = "no"; then
AC_CHECK_FILE(/usr/local/lib/libsqlite3.a, found=yes)
if test "$found" = "yes"; then
LIBS="$LIBS -lsqlite3"
INCLUDES="$INCLUDES -I/usr/local/include"
EXTRALIB='-L/usr/local/lib'
else
echo "Are you SURE sqlite3 is installed?"
fi
fi
SQLIBOBJS='-Wl,-R/usr/local/lib'
AC_SUBST(INCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(SQLIBOBJS)
AC_SUBST(EXTRALIB)
AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
To build the configure file, just run the following:

$
$
$
$
aclocal
autoconf
touch NEWS README AUTHORS ChangeLog
automake --add-missing
Now if you want to make a tar.gz file "sqliteprog-1.0.tar.gz", then

all you have to run is the following:
$ make dist
Note: did you ever want to save all the output from a ./configure? Well, it
is automatically saved in the "config.log" file. In fact, this file may
contain a lot more than what you saw on the screen.
Also, you may need to rerun ./configure. But before you do, delete
the "config.cache" file to get a clean build.
TIP 113:
EMACS - common emacs commands.
M is the ESC
C or c is the Ctl
Shell - when working in a shell. "M-x rename-uniquely" is good for split screen editing.
M-x
C-c
C-c
C-c
C-c
M-x
rename-uniquely
C-z
C-o
C-r
C-e
send-invisible
Use this for multiple shells (renames buffer so it's not the same shell)
Send job in background (when working in a shell)
commit-kill-output (gets rid of a lot of shell output)
reposition at beginning of output
reposition at end of output
Hide passwords - use this before typing a password
Note: if the shell prompt does not show up correctly, then, you may want to creat a ".emacs_bash"
file with the following contents:
PS1="emacs:\W \$ "
Directories
(C-x d) give you a directory listing. You know all those annoying "~" and "#"
file that you get? You can easily delete these when in "dired" mode by hitting
"~", then "d" to flag it for delete. Then, hit "x" to and confirm deletion.
These are other command that work on highlighted files in "dired" mode.
R
v
Z
+
rename
view
compress the file
create directory
Other common commands:

c-x l
list the line you are on, and how many lines in the document.
You will get something like: Page has 4881 lines (4440 + 442),
which means you are on the 4440 line.
c-x rm bookmark make

c-x rb bookmark bounce
c-x rb notes
c-x rb emacs
c-x
c-x
c-x
c-x
c-x
/
j
r
r
r
<r> (save position in register <r>)

<r> (jump to position in register <r>)
SPC 1 (mark current point in register 1)
j 1 (jump to marked point in register 1)
t <string> (insert string into register)
c-x r s 1 (save marked region in register 1)

c-x r i 1 (insert marked region)
c-x c-o (delete all blank lines, except one)
c-x z (repeat the last command ... stop with an a)
c-x zz (repeat the last command twice)
rectangle
--------C-SPC
goto the next region
C-x
C-x
then, C-x r r "name of register"
to insert the register
C-x r i "name of register"
macros:
------c-x (
c-x )
c-x e
start macro
end macro
execute macro
mail:
----c-x m
mail
c-c c-s send
C-x C-e
(insert "\n\nExtra Line of text")
;; chirico functions in .emacs
;; This creates an html template
(defun my-html ()
(interactive)
(insert "<html>
<head>
<META HTTP-EQUIV=\"Pragma\" CONTENT=\"no-cache\">
<META HTTP-EQUIV=\"Expires\" CONTENT=\"-1\">
</head>
<body bgcolor=\"#ffffff\">
</body>
</html>")
)
Backspace issues when using "emacs -nw"? They putting the following in your "~/.emacs" file
(global-set-key "\C-d" 'backward-delete-char)
(global-set-key "\C-h" 'backward-delete-char)
(global-set-key (kbd "DEL") 'delete-char)
TIP 114:
ncftpget - an intelligent ftp client (http://www.ncftp.com/). Also
check your fedora or debian install. This package allows
you to easily download packages from ftp sites.
This is an example of connect to an ftp site, with a subdirectory, and
downloading all in one command.
$ ncftpget ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gcc/gcc-3.2.3/gcc-3.2.3.tar.gz
Of if you want to get the fedora core 3 installs
$ ncftpget ftp://ftp.linux.ncsu.edu/pub/fedora/linux/core/3/i386/iso/FC3*
TIP 115:
expr - evaluate expressions. You can use this on the command line
$ expr 6 + 4
10
Note the spaces. Without spaces, you get the following:
$ expr 6+4
6+4
If you're using "*", you'll need a "\" before it
$ expr 10 \* 10
100
This also works for variables
$ var1=34
$ expr $var1 + 3
37
or
$ var1=2
$ var1=èxpr $var1 \* 2`
$ echo $var1
4
see (TIP 25) you can get the cosine(.23)
$ var1=ècho "c(.23)"|bc -l`
$ echo $var1
.97366639500537483696
You can also do substrings:

$ expr substr "BigBear" 4 4
Bear
And length of strings
$ mstr="12345"
$ expr length $mstr
5
Regular expressions
$ expr "a3" : [a-z][1-9]
2
Or you can get a bit fancy
$ myexpr="[a-z][1-9]"
$ echo $myexpr
[a-z][1-9]
$ expr "a3" : $myexpr
2
This may not be the best way to find out if it is Friday, but
it seems to work. It's more of an exercise in xargs.
$ date
Fri Dec 31 16:44:47 EST 2004
$ date|xargs -i expr {} : "[Fri]"
1
TIP 116:
eval
$ mypipe="|"
$ eval ls $mypipe wc
6
6
129
Did you catch that? The above statement is the same as
$ ls | wc
Where "|" is put into the variable $mypipe
(also see TIP 118)
TIP 117:
lxr, glimpse, patchset - tools for reading the kernel source
Note before going through all this trouble, you may find what
you're looking for at the following site:
http://lxr.linux.no/
This example puts some of the files in /home/src since my home
partition is the largest. Plus, you do not want to over write
the source in /usr/src/ If you want to put your files elsewhere
just substitute /home/src for your desired directory.
patchset -- download and setup
$ export SRCDIR=/home/src
$ cd $SRCDIR
$ wget http://www.csn.ul.ie/~mel/projects/patchset/patchset-0.5.tar.gz
$ export PATH=$PATH:$SRCDIR/patchset-0.5/bin
Now edit "/home/src/patchset-0.5/etc/patchset.conf" and set WWW_USER to
whatever your website runs as
export WWW_USER=nobody
Getting kernel source. The last step builds and asks a lot of questions. Enter
yes to things that interest you, since this is what you will see in the source
code. It is not going to build for booting. The "downlaod -p" is for downloading
a patch.
$ download 2.6.10
$ createset 2.6.10
$ make-kernel -b 2.6.10
glimpse -- download and setup
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
mkdir -p /home/src/glimpse
cd /home/src/glimpse
wget http://webglimpse.net/trial/glimpse-latest.tar.gz
tar -xzf glimpse-latest.tar.gz
cd glimpse-4.18.0
./configure; make
make install
lxr -- download and setup

$
$
$
$
make -p /home/src/lxr
cd /home/src/lxr
wget http://heanet.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/lxr/lxr-0.3.1.tar.gz
cd lxr-0.3
Edit "Makefile" and set PERLBIN to "/usr/bin/perl" or the where perl is

on your system. Also set INSTALLPREFIX to "/var/www/lxr". Then, as root
do the following:
$ make install
Apache changes
Next edit the apache httpd.conf. On my system it is
"/usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.conf", but if you did a fedora install
I think this file is located at "/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf".
Alias /lxr/ "/var/www/lxr/"
<Directory "/var/www/lxr/">
Options ExecCGI Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks MultiViews
AllowOverride all
Order allow,deny
Allow from all
<Files ~ (search|source|ident|diff|find)>
SetHandler cgi-script
</Files>
</Directory>
lxr - continued "/var/www/lxr/http/lxr.conf" changes. The following contains
my lxr.conf with changes made to almost every variable. Make sure you use
your website in place of 192.168.1.71
# Configuration file.
# Define typed variable "v", read valueset from file.
variable: v, Version, [/var/www/lxr/source/versions], [/var/www/lxr/source/defversion]
# Define typed variable "a". First value is default.
variable: a, Architecture, (i386, alpha, m68k, mips, ppc, sparc, sparc64)
# Define the base url for the LXR files.

baseurl: http://192.168.1.71/lxr/http/
# These are the templates for the HTML heading, directory listing and
# footer, respectively.
htmlhead: /var/www/lxr/http/template-head
htmltail: /var/www/lxr/http/template-tail
htmldir: /var/www/lxr/http/template-dir
# The source is here.
sourceroot: /var/www/lxr/source/$v/
srcrootname: Linux
# "#include <foo.h>" is mapped to this directory (in the LXR source
# tree)
incprefix: /include
# The database files go here.
dbdir: /var/www/lxr/source/$v/
# Glimpse can be found here.
glimpsebin: /usr/local/bin/glimpse
# The power of regexps. This is pretty Linux-specific, but quite
# useful. Tinker with it and see what it does. (How's that for
# documentation?)
map: /include/asm[^\/]*/ /include/asm-$a/
map: /arch/[^\/]+/ /arch/$a/
Now you should be ready to run "make-lxr". Make sure the path is setup to patchset,
which is repeated here. The last step take awhile.
$ export SRCDIR=/home/src
$ cd $SRCDIR
$ export PATH=$PATH:$SRCDIR/patchset-0.5/bin
$
make-lxr 2.6.10
Now you need to index the source. Below the ./glimpse_* file will be put in
root. Checkout the -H option if you do not want them here on a temporary
bases of if you run out of room.
$ glimpseindex -o -t -w 5000 /var/www/lxr/source/2.6.10 >& .glimpse_out
Since the above put the files under /root/.glimpse_* they should be moved
$ mv /root/.glimps_* /var/www/lxr/source/2.6.10/.
$ chown -R nobody.nobody ./.glimpse_*
TIP 118:
exec - you can change standard output and input without starting a new
process.
The exec redirect the output from ls and date to a file. Nothing
is show on the terminal until "exec > /dev/tty" is performed
$
$
$
$
exec > mfile

ls
date
exec > /dev/tty
This is an example of assigning file descriptor 3 to file "output3" for

output, then, redirecting "ls" to this descriptor. Finally, file descriptor
3 is used for input, and the contents are read into the cat command.
$ exec 3>output3
$ ls >& 3
$ exec 3<output3
$ cat <&3
ChangeLog
CVS
How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt
How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt.~1.193.~
mfile
mfile2
mfile3
mftp
output3
Could you redirect the output to 3 files and stderr?
$ exec 3>output3
$ exec 4>output4
$ exec 5>output5
$ ls >& 3 >& 4 >& 5 >& 2
output3 output4 output5
// Nope, can't do this.
Instead, you should do the following:

$ ls | tee output3 | tee output4 |tee output5
Closing the "output" file descriptor
$ >&3Closing the "input" file descriptor
$ 3<&See what is still open on 0-10
$ lsof -a -p $$ -d 0-10
Recursion - the following counts to 5, then, quits.
#!/bin/bash
sleep 1
declare -x n
let n=${n:=0}+1
[ $n -le 5 ] && echo "$n" &&
exec $0
There are some real-life applications for this technique, as follows:

#!/bin/bash
declare -x N
declare -x n
N=${N:=$(od -vAn -N1 -tu4 < /dev/urandom)}
let n=${n:=0}+1
[ $(($n%2)) -eq 0 ] && echo "She Loves Me!" || echo "She Loves Me NOT!"
[ $n -lt $N ] && exec $0
TIP 119:
runlevel - need to know the current runlevel?
$ who -r
run-level 3
Dec 31 19:02
Need to know the architecture?

$ arch
last=S
i686
TIP 120:
at - executes commands at a specified time.
A few examples here. The 1970 program will run
next Auguest 2 even though the year 1970 has long past.
$ at 6:30am Jan 12 < program
$ at noon tomorrow < program
$ at 1970 pm August 2 < program
This is an interactive way to use the command:
$ at now
warning:
at> ls
at> date
at> ^D
job 3 at
+ 6 minutes
commands will be executed using (in order) a) $SHELL b) login shell c) /bin/sh
> /tmp/5min
2005-01-01 08:50
What jobs are in the queue?

$ atq
or
$ at -l
TIP 121:
Creating a Manpage
As root you can copy the following to /usr/local/man/man1/soup.1 which will
give you a manpage for soup.
.\" Manpage for souptonuts.
.\" Contact [email protected] to correct errors or omissions.
.TH man 1 "04 January 2005" "1.0" "souptonuts man page"
.SH NAME
soup \- man page for souptonuts
.SH SYNOPSIS
soup
.SH DESCRIPTION
souptonuts is a collection of linux and open
source tips.
off for golf.
.SH OPTIONS
The souptonuts does not take any options.
.SH SEE ALSO
doughnut(1), golf(8)
.SH BUGS
No known bugs at this time.
.SH AUTHOR
Mike Chirico ([email protected] [email protected])
So, to view this man page
$ man soup
It's also possible to compress
$ gzip /usr/local/man/man1/soup.1
For plenty of examples look at the other man pages. Also the following
is helpful. The last one is a tutorial "man 7 mdoc"
$ man manpath
$ man groff
$ man 7 mdoc
TIP 122:
dmesg - print out boot messages, or what is in the kernel ring buffer.
If you missed the messages on boot-up, you can use dmesg to print them.
$ dmesg > boot.msg
Or to print, then, clear the ring
# dmesg -c > boot.msg
(also see TIP 20)
TIP 123:
gnus - emacs email nntp news reader (comcast as example with NO TLS or SSL)
First check that you can connect to the news group:
$ telnet newsgroups.comcast.net 119
Trying 216.196.97.136...
Connected to newsgroups.comcast.net.
Escape character is '^]'.
200 News.GigaNews.Com
If you want to check for TLS or SSL see (TIP 54).
Here is a very simple configuration example without encryption. It
appears that comcast does not support ssl or TLS.
In the "~/.emacs" file you would add the following to get comcast
news groups
(setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "newsgroups.comcast.net"))
Then, create an "~/.authinfo" file with the following settings using
you own username and password.
machine newsgroups.comcast.net login [email protected]
password borkeypass0rd
Next create a "~/.newsrc" with your groups

news.announce.newusers:
comp.lang.c++.moderated! 1-500
comp.unix.programmer! 1-500
comp.unix.shell! 1-500
gnu.emacs.gnus! 1-500
Finally, create a "~/.gnus" with the following email settings for you
(setq user-mail-address "[email protected]")
(defun my-message-mode-setup ()
(setq fill-column 72)
(turn-on-auto-fill))
(add-hook 'message-mode-hook 'my-message-mode-setup)
To get into gnus

E-x gnus
The following are common gnus commands
RET
view the article under the cursor
A A (shift-a, shift a): List all newsgroups known

to the server.
l (lower-case L)
: List only subscribed groups

with unread articles.
: List all newsgroups in .newsrc file.
: See if new articles have arrived.
Some commands for reading

n
next unread article
previous article
SPC
scroll down moves to next unread

when at the bottom of the article
del
scroll up
follow-up to group on the article you are

reading now.
follow-up to group without citing the article
reply by mail and cite the article
reply by mail without citing the article
new mail
new posting
Catchup
C-u / t
T T
toggle threading
C-u g
Show only young headers

/ t without C-u limits the summary
to old headers
Display raw article

hit g to return to normal view
Show all headers
it's a toggle
W w
Wordwrap the current article
W r
Decode ROT13
a toggle
fetch parent of article
create a scorefile-entry based

on the current article (low score)
? gives you information what each char means
like L but high score
Commands to send email
C-c C-c
send message
C-c C-d
save message as draft
C-c C-k
kill message
C-c C-m f
M-q
attach file
reformat paragraph
TIP 124:
Sending Email from telnet
Note, if you are on the computer you can sometime use the local loopback.
In fact, sometimes you can only use the local loop back 127.0.0.1 in
place of "bozo.company.com"
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
[mchirico@soup Notes]$ telnet bozo.company.com 25

Trying 192.168.0.204...
Connected to bozo.company.com.
Escape character is '^]'.
220 bozo.company.com ESMTP Postfix (Postfix-20010228-pl03) (Mandrake Linux)
HELO fakedomain.com
HELO fakedomain.com
// server echo
250 bozo.company.com
MAIL FROM: [email protected]
MAIL FROM: [email protected]
// server echo
250 Ok
RCPT TO: [email protected]
RCPT TO: [email protected]
// server echo
250 Ok
DATA
DATA
// echo
354 Enter mail, end with "." on a line by itself
This is a test message
This is a test message
to send
to send
.
250 2.0.0 j0B0uH3L018469 Message accepted for delivery
Above on line 6 you can type in any domain name. Line 7 is an echo. All
echos are listed in the comment field.
TIP 125:
IP forwarding, IP Masquerade
#
#
#
#
#
echo 1 >
ipchains
ipchains
ipchains
ipchains
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
-F forward
-P forward DENY
-A forward -s 192.168.0.0/24 -j MASQ
-A forward -i eth1 -j MASQ
This assumes that your internal network is 192.168.0.0 on eth1, and the
internet is connected to eth0.
(Also See TIP 182)
TIP 126:
Setting KDE as the default desktop manager
Edit "/etc/sysconfig/desktop" to include the two lines:

DESKTOP="KDE"
DISPLAYMANAGER="KDE"
TIP 127:
Have a file and you do not know whay type it is (tar, gz, ASCII, binary) ?
Use the file command. Below it is used on the file "mftp"
$ file mftp
mftp: Bourne-Again shell script text executable
TIP 128:
Software RAID: Two good references
http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/Software-RAID-HOWTO-1.html
http://lists.us.dell.com/pipermail/linux-poweredge/2003-July/014331.html
Note, you must setup grub for each RAID 1 device. Suppose you have
2 SCSI drives (sda and sdb). By default grub is setup on sda; but, you
need to enable it for sdb (/dev/hdb for ide) as follows:
grub>device (hd0) /dev/sdb
grub>root (hd0,0)
grub>setup (hd0)
Checking if "/boot/grub/stage1" exists... no
Checking if "/grub/stage1" exists... yes
Checking if "/grub/stage2" exists... yes
Checking if "/grub/e2fs_stage1_5" exists.. yes
Running "embed /grub/e2fs_stage1_5 (hd0)"... 16 sectors are embedded.
succeeded
Running "install /grub/stage1 (hd0) (hd0)1+16 p (hd0,0)/grub/stage2 /grub/grub
.conf"... succeeded.
Done.
grub>
grub>quit
Checking to see if everything is working:

$ cat /proc/mdstat
Checking the drives
$ sfdisk -d /dev/sdb
$ sfdisk -d /dev/sda
$ fdisk -l /dev/sda
$ fdisk -l
"This will give general information"

"General information for all drives"
Adding raid (assume you want to add the first drive "sda1", or if it is the second
drive then substitute "sda2" below )
$ raidhotadd /dev/md0 /dev/sda1
This is an example of an cat /proc/mdstat that is working. Note that
there is a listing for both sda1[0] and sdb1[1]
$ cat /proc/mdstat
Personalities : [raid1]
read_ahead 1024 sectors
Event: 12
md0 : active raid1 sda1[0] sdb1[1]
104320 blocks [2/2] [UU]
1044160 blocks [2/2] [UU]
34411136 blocks [2/2] [UU]
unused devices: <none>
Compare that to this where md2 is missing sdb3
$ cat /proc/mdstat
Personalities : [raid1]
read_ahead 1024 sectors
Event: 9
104320 blocks [2/2] [UU]
1044160 blocks [2/2] [UU]
md2 : active raid1 sdb3[1]
34411136 blocks [2/1] [_U]
<---- HERE
unused devices: <none>

If you are rebuilding an array, you can watch it by doing the following:
$ watch -n1 cat /proc/mdstat
Need to know the raid setup?
$ cat /etc/raidtab
TIP 129:
Resetting Redhat Linux Passwords using GRUB
1. Press 'e'
2. Press 'e' again
3. Append 'single' to the kernel version listing
See
http://linuxgazette.net/107/tomar.html
TIP 130:
mtr - matt's traceroute. This is an advanced traceroute that keeps
[http://www.bitwizard.nl/mtr/]
$ mtr www.yahoo.com
Matt's traceroute
third-fl-71.localdomain
Keys: D - Display mode
Hostname
[v0.52]
R - Restart statistics
Packets
%Loss Rcv Snt
Thu Jan 20 11:05:57 2005

Q - Quit
Pings
Last Best Avg Worst
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
192.168.1.1
???
fe-2-6-rr01.willogrove5.pa.pa01
srp-8-1-ar01.willowgrove1.pa.pa
pos7-3-cr01.torresdale.pa.core.
12.119.53.53
tbr1-p012401.phlpa.ip.att.net
tbr1-cl8.n54ny.ip.att.net
ggr2-p310.n54ny.ip.att.net
so-1-0-0.gar4.NewYork1.Level3.n
ae-1-54.bbr2.NewYork1.Level3.ne
ge-0-3-0.bbr2.Washington1.Level
ge-1-1-51.car1.Washington1.Leve
4.79.228.6
UNKNOWN-216-109-120-201.yahoo.c
w2.rc.vip.dcn.yahoo.com
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
8
8
8
12
12
13
12
14
13
19
18
21
21
23
7
8
8
12
12
13
12
14
12
19
18
19
20
21
7
8
8
12
13
13
13
37
13
19
19
20
20
22
8
8
8
13
13
13
14
61
13
19
20
21
21
23
TIP 131:
chfn - change finger information
$ chfn
Next you are asked for a password and user information.
TIP 132:
chsh - change login shell
First, you may want to get a listing of all the possible
shells.
$ chsh -l
/bin/sh
/bin/bash
/sbin/nologin
/bin/ash
/bin/bsh
/bin/ksh
/usr/bin/ksh
/usr/bin/pdksh
/bin/tcsh
/bin/csh
/bin/zsh
TIP 133:
bash - working with binary, hex and base 3.
For the variable must be declare as an integer. Then
specify the <base>#<value>. The example below is 22 in
base 3.
$ declare -i n
$ n=3#22
$ echo $n
8
Base 16 (hex)
$ declare -i n2
$ n2=16#a
$ echo $n2
10
Base 8 (octal)
$ declare -i n3
$ n3=8#11
$ echo $n3
9
Note 8+1=9
TIP 134:
monitoring IP traffic. Try iptraf http://iptraf.seul.org/
TIP 135:
enscript - convert text files to PostScript
TIP 136:
dd and tar - blocking factor. How to determine the blocking factor, block size
so that tar and dd can work together.
Step 1: Create a large file on local disk, in a directory "1" that will eventually
be written to tape. This will be created with dd as follows:
$ mkdir 1
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=disk-image count=40960
40960+0 records in
40960+0 records out
$ cd ..
Step 2: tar the directory and contents to tape. First rewind the tape. These examples
use /dev/nst0 as the location of the tape. Make sure to substitute your values
if needed.
$ tar --label="Test 1" --create --blocking-factor=128 --file=/dev/nst0 1
Step 3: Read data from the tape using a block size of 128k. If you get an I/O error, which
could happend if you used a different blocking factor above, then, you may need
to increase the bs to 256, or 512 etc. as needed.
$ dd if=/dev/nst0 bs=128k of=testblocksz count=1
0+1 records in
0+1 records out
$ ls -l testblocksz
-rw-r--r-1 root
root
65536 Feb
9 10:41 testblocksz
$ ls -lh testblocksz
-rw-r--r-1 root
root
64k Feb
9 10:41 testblocksz
Note above that the size 65536 is equal to 64k. That "h" switch in "ls" is for
human readable.
Step 4: tar uses a multiplier of 512*blocking-factor to get block size. Again

512 * blocking-factor = block size used in dd command.
Putting in the values, we see that

512 * 128 = 65536
Step 5: So what does this tell you? You can now use these numbers to "dd" files
to tape. But, first tar will be used to create the file locally.
$ tar --label="Test 1" --create --blocking-factor=128 --file=test.tar 1
Step 6: Send this to tape with the dd command. Remember 64k is equal to 65536.
$ dd if=test.tar bs=64k of=/dev/nst0
Step 7: Now test that it can be read with tar command using blocking-factor=128.
Note the "t" command in tar is for tell. It will not write data.
$ tar -tvf /dev/nst0 --blocking-factor=128
V--------- 0/0
0 2005-02-09 10:38:20 Test 1--Volume Header-drwxr-xr-x root/root
0 2005-02-09 10:34:10 1/
-rw-r--r-- root/root 20971520 2005-02-09 10:34:11 1/disk-image
Step 8: Reading tape data with dd. Most of the time a high "ibs" input block size
$ dd if=/dev/nst0 of=outfromdd.tar ibs=64k
321+0 records in
41088+0 records out
Step 9: Verify that outfromdd.tar can be read by tar with blocking-factor=128

$ tar -tvf outfromdd.tar --blocking-factor=128
V--------- 0/0
0 2005-02-09 10:38:20 Test 1--Volume Header-drwxr-xr-x root/root
0 2005-02-09 10:34:10 1/
-rw-r--r-- root/root 20971520 2005-02-09 10:34:11 1/disk-image
PULLING FILES:
The dd command can be used to pull files.
ssh target_address dd if=remotefile | dd of=localfile

Or, a specific example of getting a file from a computer called hamlet.
$ ssh root@hamlet
dd if=/home/cvs/test | dd of=/home/storage/test
GOING BACKWARD AND FORWARD ON TAPE:

Go to end of data
$ mt -f /dev/nst0
eod
Previous record
$ mt -f /dev/nst0
bsfm 1
Forward record
$ mt -f /dev/nst0
fsf 1
Rewind
Tell
$ mt -f /dev/nst0 tell
(Reference TIP 151 - for how to get around firewalls)

Below is a script that I use to backup computers via ssh. The
tape drive is on "nis" and the extra space is on "hamlet".
#!/bin/bash
# Program to backup server remotely
# Assume remote server is nis, you are on squeezel
#
# Recover from tape
#
#
dd if=/dev/nst0 of=test.tar.gz bs=64k
#
filename="support1.$(date "+%m%d%y%H%M").tar.gz"
DIRTOBACKUP=/var/www
#tar cvzf - $DIRTOBACKUP | ssh root@nis '(mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind; dd of=/dev/nst0 bs=64k )'
tar cvzf - $DIRTOBACKUP | ssh support1@hamlet "dd of=/home/support1/backups/${filename} "
Another example program, below, pushes the last ".tar.gz" file to tape:
#!/bin/bash
# Program to push files to tape
#
#
# Notes on recovering from tape
#
#
dd if=/dev/nst0 of=test.tar.gz ibs=64k
#
or
# $ ssh root@tapeserver "mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind"
# $ ssh root@tapeserver "dd if=/dev/nst0 ibs=64k"|dd of=cvs1.tar.gz
#
#
#
# First rewind tape
ssh root@tapeserver 'mt -f /dev/nst0 rewind'
#
# Grab only the last file
file=$(find /home/cvs -iname 'cvs*.tar.gz'|sort|tail -n 1)
dd if=${file}|ssh root@tapeserver 'dd of=/dev/nst0 bs=64k'
TIP 137:
Apache - redirecting pages. All changes are in httpd.conf
RedirectMatch (.*)\.gif$ http://www.anotherserver.com$1.jpg
Redirect /service http://foo2.bar.com/service
If more than one DNS record points to the server, then, it's
possible to redirect based upon which DNS entry was used in
the web query.
For example, a single web server has the following three
DNS entries mapped to its single IP address.
dev.mchirico.org
notes.mchirico.org
It's possible to redirect or rewrite the page delivered to
the client with the following changes in httpd.conf
RewriteCond
RewriteRule
%{HTTP_HOST}
^/$
^dev.mchirico.org$
http://mchirico.org/dev
RewriteCond
%{HTTP_HOST}
^notes.mchirico.com$
[L]
RewriteRule
^/$
http://mchirico.org/notes
[L]
TIP 138:
samba mounts via ssh - mounting a samba share through an ssh tunnel, going
through an intermediate computer, that accepts ssh. We'll call this
intermediate computer middle [65.219.4.23], and we want to get to
destination [192.168.0.81]. The user will be mchirico.
STEP 1:
$ mkdir -p /samba/share
STEP 2:
This has to be done as root, since we are using a lower port.
$ ssh -N -L 139:192.168.0.81:139 [email protected]
STEP 3:
umount /samba/sales
/bin/mount -t smbfs -o username=donkey,workgroup=donkeydomain,
password=passw0rk1,port=139,dmask=770,fmask=660,
netbiosname=homecpu //localhost/share /samba/share
TIP 139:
Music on Fedora Core -- How to play music on http://magnatune.com with "xmms".
The following command will show the sound driver:
$ lspci|grep -i audio
STEP 1:
Unmute amixer with the following command:
$ amixer set Master 100% unmute
$ amixer set PCM 100% unmute
Note you can also get a graphical interface with "alsamixer"
$ alsamixer
h,F1
Esc
Tab
-- for help
-- exit
-- move to selections
STEP 2:
Test a sound file "*.au" with aplay. To quickly find files on your system use
the "locate *.au" command.
$ aplay /usr/lib/python2.3/test/audiotest.au
STEP 3:
Install "xmms-mp3-1.2.10-9.2.1.fc3.rf.i386.rpm" which does not come with Fedora because
of GPL license restrictions. The latest version of this package can be found
at the following url:
http://rpmseek.com/rpm-pl/xmms-mp3.html
$ rpm -ivh xmms-mp3-1.2.10-9.2.1.fc3.rf.i386.rpm

STEP 4:
Go to magnatun "http://magnatune.com/", select genre and make sure xmms
is the default player.
TIP 140:
Routing -- getting access to a network 1 hop away. You are currently on the 192 network
and you want access to the 172.21.0.0 network that has a computer straddling
the two, with /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward set to 1.
$ route add -net 172.21.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.0.204

To undo:
$ route del -net 172.21.0.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.0.204
Now you can ping 172.21.0.21.
Does not work?
Go on to 192.168.0.204 and execute the following commands:
$ echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
1
To Look at the the gateway, execute the following command.
$ netstat -r
References:
http://lartc.org/lartc.html
TIP 141:
RAM disk -- creating a filesystem in RAM.
$ mkfs -t ext3 -q /dev/ram1 4096
$ mkdir -p /fsram
$ mount /dev/ram1 /fsram -o defaults,rw
TIP 142:
Create a Live Linux CDROM
using
BusyBox and OpenSSH.
These steps are rather long. A complete tutorial is given at

the following link:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/instructions_boot_system.txt
TIP 143:
SystemImager (http://www.systemimager.org/) SystemImager is software that automates Linux installs,
software distribution, and production deployment.
TIP 144:
Mounted a filesystem in rescue mode, yet, you cannot read and write?
Remount.
$ mount -o remount /
TIP 145:
Nmap commands to check for Microsoft VPN connection.
$ nmap -sO -p 47 vpn1.someserver.com
$ nmap -sS -p T:1723 vpn1.someserver.com
By the way, with nmap you can specify multiple ports. Below
is an example of multiple ports; but, use the commands above
for Microsoft VPN services.
$ nmap -sS -p T:1723-3000
TIP 146:
Perl and ssh - monitoring systems. The output from ssh can be parsed. Below is
a simple procedure to just to read the ssh ouput into perl.
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
$pid = open $readme, "ssh root\@hamlet df -lh|" or die "Could not ssh\n";
while(<$readme>) {
print $_
}
close $readme
But note, you probably want to do something more complex. Below is a more robust
example that bypassed all the fortune, heading junk that you may encounter when
logging in.
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
$pid = open $readme, "ssh root\@hamlet df -lh 2>/dev/null|" or die "Could not ssh\n";
while(<$readme>) {
print $_
}
close $readme
NO! you CANNOT do bidirectional communication with the open statement. Note the "|" before
and after below, which cannot be done.
# Cannot do this!
$pid = open $readme, "|ssh root\@hamlet df -lh 2>/dev/null|" or die "Could not ssh\n";
Below is a simple Perl example working with arrays:
#!/usr/bin/perl
@ArrayOfArray = (
[ "ant", "bee" ],
[ "mouse", "mole", "rat" ],
[ "duck", "goose", "flamingo" ],
[ "rose","carnation","sunflower"],
);
for $i ( 0 .. $#ArrayOfArray ) {
for $j ( 0 .. $#{$ArrayOfArray[$i]} ) {
print "Element $i $j is $ArrayOfArray[$i][$j]\n";
}
}
# Or this is another way to list elements
foreach( @ArrayOfArray ) {
foreach $i (0..$#$_) {
print "$_->[$i] "
}
print "\n";
}
Below is an example of working with Hash of Arrays:

#!/usr/bin/perl
# ./program < /etc/passwd
while(<>){
next unless s/^(.*?):\s*//;
$HoA{$1} = [ split(/:/) ];
}
for $i (keys %HoA ) {
print "$i: @{ $HoA{$i} } \n";
}
Example of regular expression. This is my most used regular expression - I like
this sample. See the "www.unix.org.ua" link at the end of this tip.
"hot cross buns" =~ /cross/;
print "Matched: <$`> $& <$'>\n";
print "Left:
<$`>\n";
print "Match:
<$&>\n";
print "Right:
<$'>\n";
#
#
#
#
Matched:
Left:
Match:
Right:
<hot > cross < buns>

<hot >
<cross>
< buns>
If you're looking for Perl information, type "man perl", which will show you how
to get even more information. Or better yet, take a look at the following
link:
http://www.unix.org.ua/orelly/perl/prog3/ch09_01.htm
also
http://www.stonehenge.com/merlyn/UnixReview/
For a quick example on using Perl with SQLite, see the following links:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/README_sqlite_tutorial.html?download
or
http://freshmeat.net/articles/view/1428/
or
http://www.perl.com/pub/a/1999/09/refererents.html
Standard input for files. This example will read from stdin, or open a file if given as
an argument, and convert all "<" to "<" and ">" to ">", which can be handy when
converting text files to html files. Note the "while(<>)" will take multiple file names
on the command line.
#!/usr/bin/perl
while(<>) {
s/&/&/g;
s/</</g;
s/>/>/g;
s/</</g;
s/>/>/g;
print;
}
Perl Debugger is very useful for testing commands and works like an interpreter, just
like python. So to get into the Perl Debugger execute the command below, "q" to quit.
$ perl -de 0
Reference TIP 170
TIP 147:
Shutdown
# shutdown 8:00 -- Shutdown at 8:00
# shutdown +13
-- Shutdown after 13min
# shutdown -r now
# shutdown -k +2
-- "The system is going DOWN to maintenance mode in 2 minutes!"

The above is only a warning.
# shutdown -h now
# shutdown -c
-- Shutdown now and restart
-- Shutdown now and halt
-- Cancel shutdown
TIP 148:
ac -
print statistics about users connect time
$ ac -p
$ ac -dy
-- print hour usage by user (individual)

-- print daily usage
Options can also be combined

$ ac -dyp
TIP 149:
Smart Monitoring Tools:
Disk failing? Or want to know the temperature of your hard-drive?
http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/
For a good, quick tutorial, see the Linux Journal article
http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/6983
Below are some common commands:
$ smartctl -i /dev/hda
$ smartctl -Hc /dev/hda
$ smartctl -A /dev/hda
TIP 150:
Monitor dhcp trafic - dhcpdump and tcpdump.
Download dhcpdump
$ wget http://voxel.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/mavetju/dhcpdump-1.5.tar.gz
$ ./configure
$ make && make install
Once it's installed, you can monitor all dhcp traffic as follows, if done with root.
$ tcpdump -lenx -i eth0 -s 1500 port bootps or port bootpc| dhcpdump
The above assumes you are using eth0 (ethernet port 0).
TIP 151:
Port Forwarding with ssh.
A sample .ssh/config file (note this must have chmod 600 rights)
## Server1 ##
Host 130.21.19.227
LocalForward 20000 192.168.0.66:80
LocalForward 22000 192.168.0.66:22
HostKeyAlias localhostKey227
With the above "~/.ssh/config" file, after sshing into 130.21.19.227 it
is then possible to ssh into nearby computers directly.
$ ssh -l mchirico 130.21.19.227
$ scp -P 22000 authorized_keys* mchirico@localhost:.
$ ssh -l mchirico localhost -p 22000
For the complete article reference the following link:
http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/sshtips.htm
(Also see TIP 273)
TIP 152:
Renaming files - suppose you want to rename all the ".htm" files to ".html"
$ rename .htm .html *.htm
Or, suppose you files file1, file2, file3 ...
$ touch file1 file2 file3 file4 file5 file6
$ rename file file. file*
The above command will give you "file.1", "file.2" ... "file.6"
TIP 153:
Renaming files with Perl - this is taken from "Programming Perl 3rd Edition"
#!/usr/bin/perl
# rename - change filenames
$op = shift;
for (@ARGV) {
$was = $_;
eval $op;
die if $@;
# next line calls built-in function, not the script
rename($was,$_) unless $was eq $_;
}
The above Perl program can be used as follows:
$ rename 's/\.orig$//'
*.orig
$ rename 'y/A-Z/a-z/ unless /^Make/' *
Also reference:
http://www.unix.org.ua/orelly/perl/prog3/
TIP 154:
R project (http://www.r-project.org)
To start R, just type "R" at the command prompt and "q()" to quit. Below
2 is raised to powers 0 through 6 and thrown into an array.
$ R
> N <- 2^(0:6)
> N
[1] 1 2 4 8 16 32 64
>
There is a summary summary() command.
> summary(N)
Min. 1st Qu.
1.00
3.00
Median
8.00
Mean 3rd Qu.

18.14
24.00
Max.
64.00
Note that the array begins as 1 and not 0

> N[1:3]
[1] 1 2 4
TIP 155:
ls - listing files by size, with the biggest file listed last
$ ls --sort=size -lhr
The above command sorts files by size, listing the contents in
"h" human readable format in reverse order.
Note the options:
--sort={none,time,size,extension}
TIP 156:
Perl - program to clean up old versions of files
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
Copyright (c) GPL 2005 Mike Chirico
# This program deletes old files from several directories
# and within each directory there must be x number of copies
# each y number of bytes
#
sub delete_old_ones {
$directory_and_file=$_[0];
$save_count=$_[1];
$bytes_in_file=$_[2];
# Don't change setting here of '-lt'
$pid = open $readme, "ls -lt $directory_and_file|" or die "Could not execute\n";
while(<$readme>) {
my @fields = split;
# Make sure we have $save_count good ones with data
if ($fields[4] > $bytes_in_file && $save_count > 0) {
$save_count--;
print "Kept files: $fields[4] $fields[8]\n";
}
# delete the old ones

if ($save_count <= 0 )
{
print "Deleted files: $fields[4] $fields[8]\n";
unlink $fields[8];
}
}
close $readme;
}
@AofA = (
[ "/home/cvs/backups/*.gz", "6",196621 ],
[ "/home/mail/backups/*.gz","5",34 ],
[ "/home/snort/backups/*.gz","2",34 ],
[ "/home/server1/backups/*.gz","2",34 ],
[ "/home/actserver/backups/*.gz","2",34 ],
[ "/home/server2/backups/*.gz","2",34 ],
);
foreach( @AofA ) {
&delete_old_ones($_->[0],$_->[1],$_->[2]);
}
Reference TIP 170 and the following link:
TIP 157:
Graphics and Visualization Software that runs on Linux
http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/Scientific-Computing-with-GNU-Linux/graphvis.html
TIP 158:
Keeping files in sync going both ways. Unlike rsync, this is not a one way mirror
option.
You will need ocaml installed first.
$ wget http://caml.inria.fr/pub/distrib/ocaml-3.08/ocaml-3.08.3.tar.gz
$ tar -xzf ocaml-3.08.3.tar.gz
$ cd ocaml-3.08.3
$
$
$
$
./configure
make world
make opt
make install
Next, get unison and put it in a different directory.

[http://www.cis.upenn.edu/~bcpierce/unison/]
$
$
$
$
$
#
wget http://www.cis.upenn.edu/~bcpierce/unison/download/stable/latest/unison-2.10.2.tar.gz
tar -xzf unison-2.10.2.tar.gz
cd unison-2.10.2
make UISTYLE=text
su
cp unison /usr/local/bin/.
Note, you have to copy the file manually.

See the following article [http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/7712]
TIP 159:
Dump ext2/ext3 filesystem information with "dumpe2fs". Perform the mount command
and query away.
$ dumpe2fs /dev/sda1
TIP 160:
sysreport - a script that generates an HTML report on the system configuration. It
gathers information about the hardware and is somewhat redhat specific. The utility
should be run as root.
$ /usr/sbin/sysreport
Note, this report is being replaced by the python program sosreport. Don't leave
the results of this file in /tmp, as it contains essential system information. You
may want to run this as a backup to critical files (boot, etc). Here's how to
automate.
$ mkdir -p /root/sos
$ TMPDIR='/root/sos' sosreport -a --batch --no-progressbar
TIP 161:
Key Bindings Using bind.
You can bind, say, ctl-t to a command.
Add the following to you "~/.inputrc" file, just as it is typed below with quotes.
"\C-t": ls -l
Next, run the command
$ bind -f .inputrc
Or, you can do everything on the command line; however, it won't be there the next time
you log in. Below is the way to do everything on the command line.
$ bind -x '"\C-t":ls -l'
To unbind use the "-r" option. Single quotes are not needed.
$ bind -r "\C-t"
Getting a list of all bindings can be done as follows, and not this can be redirected
to the ".inputrc" file for further editing.
$ bind -p > .inputrc
TIP 162:
awk - common awk commands.
Find device names "sd" or with major number 4 and device name "tty". Print the
record number NR, plus the major number and minor number.
$ awk '$2 == "sd"||$1 == 4 && $2 == "tty" { print NR,$1,$2}' /proc/devices
Find device name equal to "sound".
$ awk '/sound/{print NR,$1,$2}' /proc/devices
Print the 5th record, first field, in file test
$ awk 'NR==5{print $1}' test

Print a record, skip 4 records, print a record etc from file1
$ awk '(NR-1) % 4 == 0 {print $1}' file1
Print all records except the last one from file1
$ tac file1|awk 'NR > 1 {print $0}'|tac
Print A,B,C ..Z on each line, cycling back to A if greater than 26 lines
$ awk '{ print substr("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ",(NR-1)%26+1,1),$0}' file1
Number of bytes in a directory.
$ ls -l|awk 'BEGIN{ c=0}{ c+=$5} END{ print c}'
Remove duplicate, nonconsecutive line. As an advantage over "sort|uniq"
you can eliminate duplicate lines in an unsorted file.
$ awk '! a[$0]++' file1
Or the more efficient script
$ awk '!($0 in a) {a[$0];print}' file1
Print only the lines in file1 that have 80 characters or more
$ awk 'length < 80' file1
Print line number 25 on an extremely large file -- note it has
to be efficient and exit after printing line number 25.
$ awk 'NR==25 {print; exit}'
verybigfile
TIP 163:
Configuring Remote Logging.
as follows.
If you have several servers on 192.168.1.0, you can setup remote logging
MAIN LOG SERVER (192.168.1.81):

Firewall - allow UDP port 514 on the main server that will receive the logs.
$ iptables -A INPUT -p udp -s 192.168.1.0/24
--dport 514 -j ACCEPT
Edit "/etc/sysconfig/syslog" and add the "-r" option to SYSLOGD_OPTIONS as shown below.
SYSLOGD_OPTIONS="-r -m -0"
Note, the "-r" is to allow remote logging and "-m 0" specifies that that the syslog process should
not write regular timestamps. I prefer to only write timestamps for the clients.
Next, restart the logging process
$ service syslog restart
CLIENT LOG SERVER:
Edit "/etc/syslog.conf" and add the ip address of the log server, or put in the hostname.
*.* @192.168.1.81
Next, restart the logging process
$ service syslog restart
RSYSLOG: Are you using rsyslog? If so, the instructions are a big different. You'll edit /etc/rsyslog.conf
Make the following change in /etc/rsyslog.conf
$ModLoad imudp.so
$UDPServerRun 514
TIP 164:
kudzu - hardware on your system. To probe the hardware on your system without doing
anything, issue the following command.
$ kudzu -p
But wait, a lot of this information is already recorded in the following file
/etc/sysconfig/hwconf
You can also use lspci to list all PCI devices.
$ lspci
Also, take a look at the script /etc/sbin/sysreport, since this script has a lot of
info gathering commands. You can pick and choose what you want, or run the complete
report.
If you just want information on the NIC
$ ip link show eth0
2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000
link/ether 00:11:11:8a:be:3f brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
TIP 165:
cfengine - a very power agent for monitoring and administrating both a single computer
and or multiple computers. [ http://www.cfengine.org/ ]
The following is a quick example on downloading and installing cfengine.
$ ncftpget ftp://ftp.iu.hio.no/pub/cfengine/cfengine-2.1.15.tar.gz
$ md5sum cfengine-2.1.15.tar.gz
f03de82709f84c3d6d916b6e557321f9 cfengine-2.1.15.tar.gz
$ tar -xzf cfengine-2.1.15.tar.gz
You need to have a current version of BerkeleyDB (http://downloads.sleepycat.com/db-4.3.28.tar.gz).

Note that BerkeleyDB has a funny install. You cd to the "build_unix" directory, then,
Installing BerkeleyDB if needed:
$ wget http://downloads.sleepycat.com/db-4.3.28.tar.gz
$ tar -xzf db-4.3.28.tar.gz
$ cd db-4.3.28/build_unix/
$ ../dist/configure
make
make install
You also need a current version of OpenSSL. For instructions on how to install OpenSSL see
(http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/postfix_tutorial.html).
See (TIP 49) on putting "/usr/local/BerkeleyDB.4.3/lib" in the "/etc/ld.so.conf" file. Or
once BerkeleyDB is installed, you can put the location on the command line as follows:
Configuring cfengine with direct reference to BerkeleyDB.4.3.
First cd to the cfengine source.
$ ./configure --with-berkeleydb=/usr/local/BerkeleyDB.4.3/lib
$ make
$ make install
Next create the following directories:
$ mkdir -p /var/cfengine/bin
$ mkdir -p /var/cfengine/inputs
Copy needed files (cfagent, cfdoc, cfenvd, cfenvgraph, cfexecd, cfkey, cfrun, cfservd, cfshow):
$ cp /usr/local/sbin/cf* /var/cfengine/bin
You'll also need to generate keys. As root, execute the following:

$ cfkey
The command above will write the public and private keys in
"/var/cfengine/ppkeys".
You probably want (cfexecd, cfservd, and cfenvd) running on all servers. If you
add the following to "/etc/rc.local" these daemons will start on reboot.
# Lines in /etc/rc.local
/usr/local/sbin/cfexecd
/usr/local/sbin/cfservd
/usr/local/sbin/cfenvd
Also, make sure you run each command now as follows:
$ /usr/local/sbin/cfexecd
$ /usr/local/sbin/cfservd
$ /usr/local/sbin/cfenvd
Firewall settings must be adjusted to allows 5308 for tcp/udp. My local network
is 192.168.1.0, so I'm opening it up for all my computers.
$ iptables -A INPUT -p udp -s 192.168.1.0/24
$ iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 192.168.1.0/24

A set of keys needs to be on the server and hosts. For example, my key on "tape.squeezel.com"
should be copied over to the server "squeezel.squeezel.com" as follows:
This is done from tape.squeezel.com
$ scp /var/cfengine/ppkeys/localhost.pub [email protected]:/var/cfengine/ppkeys/root-tape.squeezel.com.pub
$ scp [email protected]:/var/cfengine/ppkeys/localhost.pub /var/cfengine/ppkeys/root-squeezel.squeezel.com.pub
Also, "/var/cfengine/inputs/cfrun.hosts" on the server "squeezel.squeezel.com" must contain
all the computers that will get updated. This is "cfrun.hosts" on "squeezel.squeezel.com"
closet.squeezel.com
tape.squeezel.com
Once I'm done, from "tape.squeezel.com" I can run the following test:
$ cfrun squeezel.squeezel.com -v
TIP 166:
cfengine - a quick example. This example will be run as root. You create the file "cfagent.conf" in
"/var/cfengine/inputs/". The example below will checksum all the files in /home/chirico/deleteme/tripwire,
it will also comment out the line "finger" in any file located in /tmp/testdir/stuff, also appending
the command in this file " Edit change with cfengine".
# /var/cfengine/inputs/cfagent.conf
#
# You run this with the following:
#
cfagent -vK
control:
actionsequence = ( files tidy editfiles )
ChecksumDatabase = ( /var/cfengine/cache.db )
# Below, true to update md5
ChecksumUpdates = ( true )
files:
/home/chirico/deleteme/tripwire checksum=md5 recurse=inf
/home/chirico/deleteme/tripwire/moredata checksum=md5 recurse=inf
#/home/chirico/deleteme/tripwire/compress recurse=inf include=*.txt acti on=compress
# If the database isn't secure, nothing is secure...
/var/cfengine/cache.db mode=600 owner=root action=fixall
tidy:
/home/chirico/deleteme/tripwire pattern=*~ recurse=inf age=0
# You must put an age. 0 runs now.
editfiles:
{
/tmp/testdir/stuff
HashCommentLinesContaining "finger"
AppendIfNoSuchLine "# Edit Change with cfengine "
A few further notes on the above. The command "actionsequence = ( files tidy editfiles) tells the order
of what to execute. The heading "tidy:" deletes files, and of course, "editfiles" does the editing of files.
To run the example, execute the following command. The
"-K" causes the lock file to be ignored.
$ cfagent -vK
TIP 167:
Implementing Disk Quotas - a quick example that can easily be done on a live system for testing. There
is no need to reboot, since you'll be creating a virtual filesystem.
Do the following as root. First create a mount point.
# mkdir -p /quota
Next, create 20M file. Since I have many of these files, I created a special directory "/usr/disk-img"
# mkdir -p /usr/disk-img
# dd if=/dev/zero of=/usr/disk-img/disk-quota.ext3 count=40960
The dd command above create a 20 MB file because, by default, dd uses a block size of 512 bytes. That makes
the size: 40960*512=20971520.
Next, format this as an ext3 filesystem

# /sbin/mkfs -t ext3 -q /usr/disk-img/disk-quota.ext3 -F
Add the following line to "/etc/fstab"
/usr/disk-img/disk-quota.ext3
/quota ext3
rw,loop,usrquota,grpquota
0 0
Now, mount this filesystem

# mount /quota
Take a look at it:
# ls -l /quota
lost+found
Now, run "quotacheck"
# quotacheck -vug /quota
You'll get errors the first time this is run, because you have no quota files.
But, run it a second time and you'll see something similiar to the following:
# quotacheck -vug /quota
quotacheck: Scanning /dev/loop2 [/quota] done
quotacheck: Checked 3 directories and 4 files
Now take a look at the files:
# ls -l /quota
total 26
-rw------- 1 root root 6144 Jun 14 12:23 aquota.group
-rw------- 1 root root 6144 Jun 14 12:23 aquota.user
drwx------ 2 root root 12288 Jun 14 12:18 lost+found
Next use "edquota" to grant the user "chirico" a certain quota
# edquota -f /quota chirico
This will bring up a menu, and here I have edited so that user "chirico"
has a soft limit of 120*512=61K, and a soft limit of 2 inodes and a hard limit of 5.
Disk quotas for user chirico (uid 500):
Filesystem
blocks
/dev/loop2
2
soft
120
hard
150
inodes
1
soft
2
hard
3
Next, turn quotas on with the following command:

$ quotaon /quota
If you need to turn off quotas, the command is "quotaoff -a" for all filesystems. You'll run into
errors if you try to run quotacheck, say "quotacheck -avug" because this tries to unmount and mount
the filesystem. You need to turn off quotas first "quotaoff /quota". Note you only need to run
quotacheck once, or when doing maintenance after a system crash.
To get a report on the quote, runn "repquota" as follows:

$ repquota /quota
*** Report for user quotas on device /dev/loop0
Block grace time: 7days; Inode grace time: 7days
Block limits
File limits
User
used
soft
hard grace
used soft hard grace
---------------------------------------------------------------------root
-1189
0
0
2
0
0
chirico
-+
93
0
0
4
2
5 6days
Note above that user "chirico" has used 4 on the file limits. This user has a hard
limit of 5. So when this user tries to create 2 more files (bring this over the limit of 5)
then he will get the following error as demonstrated below.
[chirico@squeezel chirico]$ touch one

[chirico@squeezel chirico]$ touch two
loop0: write failed, user file limit reached.
touch: cannot touch `two': Disk quota exceeded
Now, if repquota (run by root) is executed it shows the following:

$ repquota /quota
*** Report for user quotas on device /dev/loop0
Block grace time: 7days; Inode grace time: 7days
Block limits
File limits
User
used
soft
hard grace
used soft hard grace
---------------------------------------------------------------------root
-1189
0
0
2
0
0
chirico
-+
94
0
0
5
2
5 6days
Note the "+" sign above. User "chirico" is above the File soft limits, and in this case
above the hard limits.
To warn user by sending email to them, run "warnquota", but you need check that
"/etc/warnquota.conf" is setup correctly. For the example above, this file should
look as follows:
$ cat /etc/quotatab
#
# This is sample quotatab (/etc/quotatab)
# Here you can specify description of each device for user
#
# Comments begin with hash in the beginning of the line
# Example of description
/dev/loop0: This is loopback device
Just run the following as root:
$ warnquota
By the way, if you want to change the grace period, it can only be done on a filesystem
basis. Not per user.
$
edquota -t
Users can run "quota" to see their usage as follows:

[chirico@squeezel ~]$ quota
Filesystem blocks
quota
limit
/dev/loop0
94
0
0
grace
files
5
quota
10
limit
50
grace
As you can see from above, I changed my inode limit to 50.

What about running this on the whole filesystem? Yes, below is an example where I'm running
this on FC3, on the root of the filesystem "/". This assumes that you have installed the
quota package. Try doing "rpm -q quota" to see if this package is installed.
Step 1:
Check to make sure the quota software is installed. You can either do a "whereis quota",
or check for the rpm package.
$ whereis quota
whereis quota
quota: /usr/bin/quota /usr/share/man/man1/quota.1.gz

Checking for the rpm package.
$ rpm -q quota
quota-3.12-5
Step 2:
Edit /etc/fstab and add usrquota and grpquota options for "/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00",
which is shown on the first line below:
/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 /
LABEL=/boot
/boot
none
/dev/pts
none
/dev/shm
none
/proc
none
/sys
/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol01 swap
ext3
ext3
devpts
tmpfs
proc
sysfs
swap
defaults,usrquota,grpquota
defaults
1 2
gid=5,mode=620 0 0
defaults
0 0
defaults
0 0
defaults
0 0
defaults
0 0
1 1
Step 3:
Remount the filesystem as follows:
$ mount -o remount /
Step 4:
Run quotacheck with the "-m" option. Like the above statement, this will have to be run with
root priviliges. This creates the quota database files, and it can take a long time if it is
a large full filesystem.
$ quotacheck -cugm /
Step 5:
This step is optional, but it's good to know if you need to recalculate quotas because of a
system crash. It's demonstrated here, because at this point quota's have not been turned on.
Again, note the "m" option below.
$ quotacheck -avumg
Step 6:
Set limits for specific users or groups using the "edquota" command. Shown below is the command
to setup quotas for user "chirico". Shown below this user has used 161560 blocks, he has a soft
limit of 1161560 and a hard limit of 900000. He has used 3085 inodes and has a soft limit of 10000
and a hard limit of 12000.
$ edquota -f / chirico
Filesystem
blocks
soft
hard
inodes
/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol00
161560
1161560
900000
soft
3085
hard
10000
12000
You can put quotas on groups as well. The following is done as root. See (TIP 186 and TIP 6) for creating
groups and adding users to groups.
$ edquota -g share
If you create a sharable directory for anyone in the group "share" (TIP 6), quota restrictions against
group "share" will only apply to files added in the "/home/share" directory. When user "chirico" creates
files in "/home/share" they also go against this user quota as well. However, when files are created in
his home directory they do not go against the "share" group.
Note - if you get errors when trying to run "edquota -g share", turn quotas off "quotaoff /" and
run "quotacheck -avugm". Then, turn the quotas back on "quotaon /".
You can see the status of the group quota with the following command:
$ quota -g share
Step 7:
Turn on quotas with the "qutoaon" command. This command needs to be done with root privileges.
$ quotaon /
Step 8:
Check "/etc/quotatab" file for the correct entries. Note that when you do the "mount" command
the filesystem returned needs to match what is in the "quotatab" file. I have noticed that this
is not the case by default.
$ mount
/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol00 on / type ext3 (rw,usrquota,grpquota)
So the "/etc/quotatab" must contain the following line.
/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol00: This is the Volume group
Step 9:
Run "warnquota" as a check that the "/etc/quotatab" files is setup correctly.
$ warnquota
Step 10:
Setup a daily cron job for running "warnquota". The following should be placed
in "/etc/cron.daily"
#!/bin/sh
# Place this file in /etc/cron.daily
# with rights 0755
/usr/sbin/warnquota
EXITVALUE=$?
if [ $EXITVALUE != 0 ]; then
/usr/bin/logger -t warnquota "ALERT exited abnormally with [$EXITVALUE]"
fi
exit 0
References:
http://www.redhat.com/docs/manuals/enterprise/RHEL-4-Manual/sysadmin-guide/ch-disk-quotas.html
(TIP 6, TIP 186, and TIP 205)
TIP 168:
rdist - remote file distribution client program. You can use this program in combination with
ssh. This program does more than just copy files. Once a file has been copied, you can dictate
other actions to be performed. Or you can hold off copying all together if the destination is
running low on inodes, or disk space.
For the purpose of this example, all commands will been run on "squeezel.squeezel.com", and the
computers that will be updated are "tape.squeezel.com" and "closet.squeezel.com". Obviously, you
would substitute your computer names.
It helps to setup ssh keys on each computer first. Reference [http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/sshtips.htm]
and (TIP 12).
Step 1: Create the Configuration file myDistfile
Below is my sample "myDistfile". This file will access hosts "tape.squeezel.com" using username chirico
and "closet.squeezel.com" with the username running this command, and copy the
files "/home/chirico/file1" and "/home/chirico/file2" to the these two servers creating the
directory ~/tmpdir if it doesn't exist. Once these files are updated, a mail check ("sendmail -bv")
will be performed, and mail will be sent to "chirico@squeezel". This happens twice, once for each file.
Note, the line "/home/chirico/file2 -> tape.squeezel.com" which moves the file "file2" to
tape.squeezel.com renaming the file to "tapedest" in the directory "/home/chirico". Once this file
is copied, the rights are modified to "chmod +r". Likewise, "/home/chirico/file2 -> closet.squeezel.com"
copies the file file2, which is renamed as closetdest.
# Contents of myDistfile
HOSTS = ( [email protected] closet.squeezel.com )
FILES = ( /home/chirico/file1 /home/chirico/file2 )
${FILES} -> ${HOSTS}
# Directory tmpdir will be created if it doesn't exist
install tmpdir ;
special /home/chirico/file1 "/usr/sbin/sendmail -bv [email protected]";
notify chirico@squeezel;
/home/chirico/file2 -> tape.squeezel.com
install /home/chirico/tapedest;
special /home/chirico/tapedest "chmod +r /home/chirico/tapedest";
/home/chirico/file2 -> closet.squeezel.com
install /home/chirico/closetdest;
Step 2: Command from squeezel.squeezel.com to run myDistfile above

Below is the command that will execute the contents in "myDistfile". This command is run from the
computer "squeezel.squeezel.com". All output will go in the file "cmd1rdist.log".
$ rdist -P /usr/local/bin/ssh -f ./myDistfile -l file=./cmd1rdist.log=all
Obviously you want a secure copy (using scp), so the -P option uses ssh as your secure
transport mechanism.
TIP 169:
Restricting root logins (/etc/securetty). ctl-alt-F4 will give you a prompt for tty3. Note
that it is one number less. Take a look at the contents of "/etc/securetty". To prevent
root from logging in on this device, take out tty3 from this listing. Note, you can always
login as another user, then, su to root. Below is an example of the default
"/etc/securetty" that allows root to login to everything.
[root@squeezel ~]# cat /etc/securetty
console
vc/1
vc/2
vc/3
vc/4
vc/5
vc/6
vc/7
vc/8
vc/9
vc/10
vc/11
tty1
tty2
tty3
tty4
tty5
tty6
tty7
tty8
tty9
tty10
tty11
TIP 170:
Perl map function. Try the following to get a quick take on this function,
which increments each value in the array a;
#!/usr/bin/perl
@a = (1,2,3);
map {$_++} @a;
map { print "$_\n" } @a;
or
#!/usr/bin/perl
@a = (1,2,3);
map { print "$_\n"} map {++$_} @a;
And you can easily make modifications, like reversing the order
#!/usr/bin/perl
@a = (1,2,3);
map { print "$_\n"} reverse map {++$_} @a;
Plus there is a grep() function that works on each element as well
#!/usr/bin/perl
@a = (1,2,3);
map { print "$_\n"} reverse grep{ $_ > 3} map {++$_} @a;
To get only odd numbers in reverse order:
#!/usr/bin/perl
@a = (1,2,3);
map { print "$_\n"} reverse grep{ !($_ % 2)} map {++$_} @a;
Reference: http://www-128.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-road4.html
TIP 171:
Perl - subroutine call and shifting through variables. A simple and useful
technique.
#!/usr/bin/perl
sub test {
local $mval;
while( $mval = shift ) {
print " $mval\n";
}
}
test("one","two","three");
TIP 172:
Tcp wrappers - First "/etc/hosts.allow" is check, and if there is an entry in this file, no more
checking it done. If are no matches in "/etc/hosts.allow", the "/etc/hosts.deny" file is checked
and if a match is found, that service is blocked for that host.
Example "/etc/hosts.deny" file:
sshd: 192.168.1.171
The above file blocks access to computer 192.168.1.171. It's also possible to run commands when
someone from this computer tries to ssh in. This example sends mail.
sshd: 192.168.1.171: spawn (echo -e "%d %h %H %u"| /bin/mail -s 'hosts.deny entry' root)
Of course, you can also run commands in the "/etc/hosts.allow" if you wanted mail sent for a successful
login.
TIP 173:
pgrep, pkill - look up or signal process based on name and other attributes.
To quick find all instances of ssh running, for user root, execute the following
command:
$ pgrep -u root -l ssh
To kill a process, or send a signal use the "pkill" option. For example, to
make syslog reread its configuration file:
$ pkill -HUP syslogd
Another command command is "pidof" that can tell you how many processes are running.
This can be useful for detecting DOS attacks.
$ pidof sshd
4783 4781 30008 30006 29888 29886 2246
Above there are 7 sshd's running. Reference "Tcpdump, Raw Socket and Libpap Tutorial"
at [http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/tcpdump_tutorial.html].
TIP 174:
Password Cracking - tools to check your users passwords:
John The Ripper
http://www.openwall.com/john/
Crack
http://www.crypticide.com/users/alecm/
Slurpie
http://www.ussrback.com/distributed.htm
TIP 175:
Password Aging - setting the number of days a password is valid.
$ chage -M 90 <username>
TIP 176:
Kernel Performance Tuning - /Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt documents kernel settings to
improve performance. Below are some examples.
overcommit_memory:
0 -- default estimates the amount of memory for malloc

1 -- kernel pretends there is always enough memory until it runs out
3 -- never overcommit
$ cat /proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memory
0
page-cluster:
The Linux VM subsystem avoids excessive disk seeks by reading
multiple pages on a page fault. The number of pages it reads
is dependent on the amount of memory in your machine.
The number of pages the kernel reads in at once is equal to
2 ^ page-cluster. Values above 2 ^ 5 don't make much sense
for swap because we only cluster swap data in 32-page groups.
$ cat /proc/sys/vm/page-cluster
3
min_free_kbytes:
This is used to force the Linux VM to keep a minimum number
of kilobytes free. The VM uses this number to compute a pages_min
value for each lowmem zone in the system. Each lowmem zone gets
a number of reserved free pages based proportionally on its size.
$ cat /proc/sys/vm/min_free_kbytes
3831
max_map_count:
This file contains the maximum number of memory map areas a process
may have. Memory map areas are used as a side-effect of calling
malloc, directly by mmap and mprotect, and also when loading shared
libraries.
While most applications need less than a thousand maps, certain
programs, particularly malloc debuggers, may consume lots of them,
e.g., up to one or two maps per allocation.
The default value is 65536.
$ cat /proc/sys/vm/max_map_count
65536
Also see http://people.redhat.com/alikins/system_tuning.html
TIP 177:
IO Scheduler - /Documentation/block/as-iosched.txt documents kernel settings for disk
performance.
If you're not sure what partitions you have "$ cat /proc/partitions". This example
assumes hda, and you can see some of the kernel settings:
$ ls /sys/block/hda/queue/iosched
back_seek_max back_seek_penalty clear_elapsed fifo_batch_expire
fifo_expire_sync find_best_crq key_type quantum queued
fifo_expire_async
References: http://lwn.net/Articles/102505/
http://bhhdoa.org.au/pipermail/ck/2004-September/000961.html
TIP 178:
iozone -- getting data on disk performance (http://www.iozone.org/). This is a very
comprehensive package.
$
$
$
$
wget http://www.iozone.org/src/current/iozone3_242.tar
tar -xf iozone3_242.tar
cd iozone3_242/src/current
make linux
At this point you should read the documentation. There is no "make install". You
copy it to each filesystem you want to run this program on. Below are some quick
start commands.
Good comprehensive test.
$ iozone -a
I prefer this for small filesystems. It limits the record size to 10000 and does
the output in operations per second (higher numbers mean faster drive).
$ ./iozone -a -s 10000 -O
TIP 179:
history - bash command to get a history of all commands typed. But, here is a way
that you can get date and time listed as well.
$ HISTTIMEFORMAT="%y/%m/%d %T "
Defining the environment variable above give you the date/time info when you
execute history:
$ history
...
175 05/06/30
176 05/06/30
177 05/06/30
178 05/06/30
179 05/06/30
180 05/06/30
181 05/06/30
182 05/06/30
183 05/06/30
...
12:51:46
12:51:48
12:56:59
12:57:02
12:57:39
12:57:49
13:01:10
13:01:20
13:01:23
grep '141.162.' mout > mout2

e mout2
ls
ls
ls
ls -l
history
HISTTIMEFORMAT="%y/%m/%d %T "
history
TIP 180:
.config - Fedora Core getting the .config to rebuild the kernel. You can find
this file, the ".config" file at the following location:
$ ls "/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/build/.config"
Or, to see the contents
$ cat "/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/build/.config"
This can be important, if you're planning to build your own kernel.
TIP 181:
Listing control key settings.
$ stty -a
speed 38400 baud; rows 0; columns 0; line = 0;
intr = ^C; quit = ^\; erase = <undef>; kill = <undef>; eof = ^D; eol = <undef>; eol2 = <undef>; start = ^Q;
stop = ^S; susp = ^Z; rprnt = ^R; werase = ^W; lnext = ^V; flush = Ô; min = 1; time = 0;
-parenb -parodd cs8 -hupcl -cstopb cread -clocal -crtscts
-ignbrk -brkint -ignpar -parmrk -inpck -istrip -inlcr -igncr icrnl ixon -ixoff -iuclc -ixany -imaxbel
opost -olcuc -ocrnl -onlcr -onocr -onlret -ofill -ofdel nl0 cr0 tab0 bs0 vt0 ff0
isig icanon iexten -echo echoe echok -echonl -noflsh -xcase -tostop -echoprt echoctl echoke
TIP 182:
iptables DNAT and SNAT. You have a webserver on 192.168.1.71. When people query this webserver, you want them
to goto 192.168.1.81, with no indication that they are going to another web server. In fact, they always make
their web hits to 192.168.1.71.
The following is the iptables commands:
$ echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
$ iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 192.168.1.71 -p tcp --dport 80 -j DNAT --to 192.168.1.81
$ iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -d 192.168.1.81 -s 192.168.1.0/24 -p tcp --dport 80 -j SNAT --to 192.168.1.71
Change 192.168.1.0/24 to whatever source you expect the web browser to come in on. Below is the tcpdump showing
all traffic is relayed via 192.168.1.71
[root@closet iptables]# tcpdump -nN port 80
17:34:58.790398
17:34:58.790465
17:34:58.790703
17:34:58.790720
17:34:58.790951
17:34:58.790965
17:34:58.791451
17:34:58.791472
17:34:58.791973
IP
IP
IP
IP
IP
IP
IP
IP
IP
192.168.1.102.1158 > 192.168.1.71.80: S 3620106373:3620106373(0) win 16384 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK>

192.168.1.71.1158 > 192.168.1.81.80: S 3620106373:3620106373(0) win 16384 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK>
192.168.1.81.80 > 192.168.1.71.1158: S 1973665156:1973665156(0) ack 3620106374 win 5840 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK>
192.168.1.71.80 > 192.168.1.102.1158: S 1973665156:1973665156(0) ack 3620106374 win 5840 <mss 1460,nop,nop,sackOK>
192.168.1.102.1158 > 192.168.1.71.80: . ack 1 win 17520
192.168.1.71.1158 > 192.168.1.81.80: . ack 1 win 17520
192.168.1.102.1158 > 192.168.1.71.80: P 1:327(326) ack 1 win 17520
192.168.1.71.1158 > 192.168.1.81.80: P 1:327(326) ack 1 win 17520
192.168.1.81.80 > 192.168.1.71.1158: . ack 327 win 6432
Above the web client is on "192.168.1.102". You can see that the 1st server "192.168.1.71" then goes out to
the 2nd server "192.168.1.81" on the second line. The third line shows the 2nd server "192.168.1.81" responding to
the 1st server, and the forth line passes this data back to the web client "192.168.1.102".
Note: You can save your current iptables setting with the following command:
$ iptables-save > iptables_store
The big advantage is that you can store the counters as well.
$ iptables-save -c > iptables_store_w_cnts
To restore the file, use the following:
$ iptables-restore -c < iptables_store_w_cnts
TIP 183:
mailstats - display mail statistics. This file reads data from "/var/log/mail/statistics"
[root@closet ~]# mailstats
Statistics from Sat Jun 25 15:59:52 2005
M
msgsfr bytes_from
msgsto
bytes_to msgsrej msgsdis msgsqur
4
1
2K
0
0K
0
0
0
9
0
0K
1
2K
0
0
0
=====================================================================
T
1
2K
1
2K
0
0
0
C
1
0
0
TIP 184:
Profiling C Applications - Assume you have the following program p1.c:
/* Program p1.c */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
Mailer
esmtp
local
t1(int i)
{
printf("t1:%d\n", i);
}
t2(int j)
{
printf("t2:%d\n", j);
}
int main(void)
{
int i, j;
for (i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
t1(i);
for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j) {
t2(j);
}
}
}
Compile the program as follows:
$ gcc -pg -g -o p1 p1.c
$ ./p1
t1:0
t2:0
t2:1
t1:1
t2:0
t2:1
t1:2
t2:0
t2:1
t1:3
t2:0
t2:1
t1:4
t2:0
t2:1
Next, to get the profile graph.
$ gprof -p -b p1
Flat profile:
Each sample counts as 0.01 seconds.
no time accumulated
%
cumulative
time
seconds
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
self
seconds
0.00
0.00
calls
10
5
self
Ts/call
0.00
0.00
total
Ts/call
0.00
0.00
name
t2
t1
Above note the 10 calls to t2 and 5 calls to t1.
TIP 185:
CDPATH - this is a bash variable like PATH that defines a search path
for the cd command.
Suppose you have the following directory structure:
/home/chirico/stuff
|-- dirA
`-- dirB
Assume you define CDPATH as follows:
CDPATH=/home/chirico/stuff
Now, no matter what directory you are in if you use the cd command below
you will automatically move to "/home/chirico/stuff/dirA".
$ cd dirA
Note you could be in "/etc" and will move directly to "/home/chirico/stuff/dirA".
This command has the same format as PATH - multiple entries are separated by a colon.
If the current directory contain a sub-directory dirA, then, it gets priority.
The following is part of my .bash_profile
CDPATH=/work/cpearls/src/posted_on_sf/:/work/souptonuts/documentation/:/home/chirico/deleteme/
export PATH CVS_RSH EDITOR JAVA_HOME CDPATH
TIP 186:
Groups - add groups and users to groups. The following shows how to create the group "share"
and add the user "chirico" to this group. The following should be done as root, and
assumes the account "chirico" already exits.
$ groupadd share
$ usermod -G share chirico
Note the change made to "/etc/group" below:
$ cat /etc/group|grep 'share'
share:x:616:chirico
If the user chirico is currently logged in, he should run the following
command to immediately have group "share" rights. Or, the next time he logs
in he will have access to this group.
$ newgrp share
Reference the following (TIP 6, TIP 167).
TIP 187:
oprofile - steps for running oprofile on Fedora.
Step 1:
Find out what version of the kernel you are running.
$ uname -a
Linux closet.squeezel.com 2.6.12-1.1398_FC4 #1 Fri Jul 15 00:52:32 EDT 2005 i686 i686 i386 GNU/Linux
Step 2:
Download the source in a chosen directory. Above, I'm running 2.6.12-1, but I'm going to go for 2.6.12.3, since
it's a little later. You want the signed file as well.
$ wget http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/linux-2.6.12.3.tar.gz
$ wget http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/linux-2.6.12.3.tar.gz.sign
Now, check the signature.
$ gpg --verify linux-2.6.12.3.tar.gz.sign linux-2.6.12.3.tar.gz
Step 3:
Unpack the file.
$ tar -xzf linux-2.6.12.3.tar.gz
$ cd cd linux-2.6.12.3
Step 4:
Copy the ".config" used to compile your previous kernel. You should find it
in the following direcotry "/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/build/.config".
Copy it to the linux-2.6.12.3 directory.
$ cp "/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/build/.config" .
Step 5:
Run make as follows. It will ask for a few questions on "make oldconfig". The
make installs below will have to be done with root privileges.
$
$
$
$
$
make
make
make
make
make
oldconfig
bzImage
modules
modules_install
install
Step 6:
Edit the "/boot/grub/grub.conf" and set default = 0
file.
as shown below in this
default=0
timeout=5
splashimage=(hd0,2)/grub/splash.xpm.gz
hiddenmenu
title Fedora Core (2.6.12.3)
root (hd0,2)
kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.12.3 ro root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet
initrd /initrd-2.6.12.3.img
title Fedora Core (2.6.12-1.1398_FC4)
root (hd0,2)
kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.12-1.1398_FC4 ro root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet
initrd /initrd-2.6.12-1.1398_FC4.img
title Fedora Core (2.6.11-1.1369_FC4)
root (hd0,2)
kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.11-1.1369_FC4 ro root=/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet
initrd /initrd-2.6.11-1.1369_FC4.img
title Other
rootnoverify (hd0,1)
chainloader +1
Step 7:
Shutdown with the restart option.
$ shutdown -r now
Step 8:
Run opcontrol. The commands below are done as root.
My kernel was compiled in the following
directory "/home/kernel/linux-2.6.12.3/", so I'll run opcontrol as follows:

$ opcontrol --vmlinux=/home/kernel/linux-2.6.12.3/vmlinux
Now start.
$ opcontrol --start
Using 2.6+ OProfile kernel interface.
Reading module info.
Using log file /var/lib/oprofile/oprofiled.log
Daemon started.
Profiler running.
Shutdown opcontrol.
$ opcontrol --shutdown
Run report.
$ opreport
CPU: CPU with timer interrupt, speed 0 MHz (estimated)
Profiling through timer interrupt
TIMER:0|
samples|
%|
-----------------156088 99.8746 vmlinux
60 0.0384 libc-2.3.5.so
30 0.0192 oprofiled
23 0.0147 libcrypto.so.0.9.7f
13 0.0083 bash
12 0.0077 screen
10 0.0064 sshd
9 0.0058 ssh
6 0.0038 ip_tables
6 0.0038 libncurses.so.5.4
5 0.0032 b44
5 0.0032 ext3
5 0.0032 ld-2.3.5.so
4 0.0026 ip_conntrack
4 0.0026 jbd
2 0.0013 grep
1 6.4e-04 libdns.so.20.0.2
1 6.4e-04 libisc.so.9.1.5
Reference the following for more documentation:

http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/doc/
TIP 188:
cyrus-imapd with Postfix using sasldb for authentication. For this example
the server is tape.squeezel.com and the user is chirico.
Step 1:
$ yum install cyrus-imapd
$ yum install cyrus-imapd-utils
You need "cyrus-imapd-utils" for cyradm.
Step 2:
Edit /etc/imapd.conf
configdirectory: /var/lib/imap
partition-default: /var/spool/imap
admins: cyrus
sievedir: /var/lib/imap/sieve
sendmail: /usr/sbin/sendmail
hashimapspool: true
# Chirico Commented the below line
# sasl_pwcheck_method: saslauthd
# Because using sasldb
sasl_pwcheck_method: auxprop
sasl_auxprop_plugin: sasldb
# Chirico end change
sasl_mech_list: PLAIN
tls_cert_file: /usr/share/ssl/certs/cyrus-imapd.pem
tls_key_file: /usr/share/ssl/certs/cyrus-imapd.pem
tls_ca_file: /usr/share/ssl/certs/ca-bundle.crt
Step 3:
Create a user and password:
$ saslpasswd2 -c -u `postconf -h myhostname` cyrus
$ saslpasswd2 -c -u `postconf -h myhostname` chirico
$ saslpasswd2 -c -u `postconf -h myhostname` allmail
This will automatically create the file /etc/sasldb2. But look

at the default rights, assuming you ran saslpasswd2 as root:
$ ls -l /etc/sasldb2
-rw-r----- 1 root root 12288 Jul 31 09:50 /etc/sasldb2
We need to correct this in step 4.
Step 4:
$ chown root.mail /etc/sasldb2
$ ls -l /etc/sasldb2
-rw-r----- 1 root mail 12288 Jul 31 09:50 /etc/sasldb2
Step 5:
Update "/etc/postfix/main.cf". Note in /etc/imapd.conf the configdirectory
points to /var/lib/imap, and if I look at this directory I see the
socket directory. However, after staring /etc/init.d/cyrus-imapd there
will be a socket file "/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp". (See step 6).
mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
mailbox_transport = cyrus
Restart postfix.
/etc/init.d/postfix restart
Step 6:
Start cyrus-imapd and look for the socket file.
$ /etc/init.d/cyrus-imapd restart
Shutting down cyrus-imapd:
Starting cyrus-imapd: preparing databases... done.
Now you should see the lmtp file:
[
[
OK
OK
]
]
$ ls -l /var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
srwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Jul 31 10:04 /var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp
Step 7:
Add users. Note, you may have to go back to step 3 to add them to /etc/sasldb2
as well.
$ su - cyrus
$ cyradm tape.squeezel.com
tape.squeezel.com> cm user.chirico
tape.squeezel.com> quit
Now got back as root, and check that everything was created correctly.
$ ls /var/spool/imap/c/user/
total 8
drwx------ 2 cyrus mail 4096 Jul 31 10:21 chirico
Step 8:
Run a mail test. We'll do this as root to the chirico account.
$ mail -s 'First test'
first test
.
chirico
Now, still as root check the maillog. Normally everything should work.
$ tail /var/log/maillog
However, I got the following error below.
Jul 31 10:29:03 tape postfix/cleanup[30124]: AE7CB1B34A4: message-id=<[email protected]>
Jul 31 10:29:03 tape postfix/qmgr[30120]: AE7CB1B34A4: from=<[email protected]>, size=315, nrcpt=1 (queue active)
Jul 31 10:29:03 tape pipe[30128]: fatal: pipe_comand: execvp /cyrus/bin/deliver: No such file or directory
If you get a similiar error, you may need to adjust the settting in /etc/postfix/master.cf
# This is the problem in /etc/postfix/master.cf
cyrus
unix n
n
pipe
user=cyrus argv=/cyrus/bin/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user}
My deliver file is the following
$ ls -l /usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver
-rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 846228 Apr 4 18:59 /usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver
So I need to change my /etc/postfix/master.cf as follows:
# Fix because by deliver file is under /usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver
cyrus
unix n
n
pipe
user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user}
If changes were needed, like I had to do, restart postfix

$ /etc/init.d/postfix restart
Now, if everything works, you should start to see numbers in the spool directory like "1." and
"2.".
$ ls -l /var/spool/imap/c/user/chirico/
total 40
-rw------- 1 cyrus mail 545 Jul 31 10:44 1.
-rw------- 1 cyrus mail 547 Jul 31 10:45 2.
-rw------- 1 cyrus mail 1276 Jul 31 10:45 cyrus.cache
-rw-------rw-------
1 cyrus mail
1 cyrus mail
153 Jul 31 10:21 cyrus.header

196 Jul 31 10:45 cyrus.index
Step 9:
Local firewall.
# imap
iptables -A INPUT -p udp -s 192.168.1.0/24
iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -s 192.168.1.0/24

Step 10:
Configure cyrus-imapd to start for run-level 3 and 5.
# chkconfig --level 35 cyrus-imapd on
HINTS Something to watch out for:

Something to watch out for: If a user creates a .forward file in their shell account with the
following entry, then, mail will not get mail relayed to cyrus.
"|exec /usr/bin/procmail"
The /etc/maillog will show something like this:

to=<[email protected]>, orig_to=<chirico>, relay=local, delay=0,
status=sent (delivered to command: exec /usr/bin/procmail)
Remove the ".forward" file from their home directory and you'll get the following:
to=<[email protected]>, relay=cyrus, delay=0,
status=sent (squeezel.squeezel.com)
mutt with IMAP?
(See TIP 190)
TIP 189:
expand - convert tabs to spaces in a file.
$ expand How_to_Linux_and_Open_Source.txt > notabs
TIP 190:
mutt with imap - assume you have setup imap (see tip 188). Now how do you configure
your ".muttrc" file to automatically connect, securely to the IMAP server?
Below is an example of my ".muttrc" file. For this example, assume my password is "S0m3paSSw0r9".
$ cat .muttrc
set spoolfile = "imaps://chirico:[email protected]/
set imap_force_ssl=yes
set certificate_file=~/.mutt/certificates/72d31154.0
Now, you want to copy the certificate as a "file.pem" and run "c_rehash" to convert this
file to a number. See the article. See the following article on how to do this under the
fetchmail section.
This is a quick summary of creating this key.
$ openssl s_client -connect squeezel.squeezel.com:995 -showcerts > file.pem
$ c_rehash ~/.mutt/certificates
TIP 191:
Apache - CGI scripts. There are two ways to enable CGI scripts. The second method is the
prefered method.
First way, the easy way. Look for the "http.conf" file. On Fedora Core, this file can be
found under "/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf". Edit this file as follows to make
"http://squeezel.squeezel.com/chirico-cgi/" execute scripts.
ScriptAlias /chirico-cgi/ "/home/chirico/cgi-bin/"
Second way, the better way. Instead of doing the above, make the following change in
"/etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf".
<Directory /home/chirico/cgi-bin>
Options +ExecCGI
SetHandler chirico-cgi
</Directory>
Running a test script. Now copy the following test script into the directory "/home/chirico/cgi-bin"
and change the rights to execute for the user running this.
#!/bin/sh
# Save as test.cgi
# chown apache.apache test.cgi
# chmod 700 test.cgi
echo "Content-Type: text/html"
echo
echo "Hello world from user <b>`whoami`</b>! "
TIP 192:
Bash - using getopts for your bash scripts.
#!/bin/bash
while getopts "ab:cd:" Option
# b and d take arguments
#
do
case $Option in
a) echo -e "a = $OPTIND";;
b) echo -e "b = $OPTIND $OPTARG";;
c) echo -e "c = $OPTIND";;
d) echo -e "d = $OPTIND $OPTARG";;
esac
done
shift $(($OPTIND - 1))
TIP 193:
Sieve - creating sieve recipes with "sieveshell"
The following sieve script put all jefferson.edu mail into the
folder jefferson. This assumes that I have already created the IMP
directory, or mail box (INBOX.jefferson), which can be done in mutt
with the "C" command. Below is an example of finding "jefferson.edu"
anywhere in the header.
# This is a file named jefferson.siv
require ["fileinto"];
if header :contains "Received" "from jefferson.edu" {
fileinto "INBOX.jefferson";
stop;
}
Now, from the command propt execute "sieveshell" with the hostname of the
imap server. My server is squeezel.squeezel.com, so I would execute the
following:
$ sieveshell squeezel.squeezel.com
connecting to squeezel.squeezel.com
Please enter your password:****
> put jefferson.siv
> activate jefferson.siv
> list
jefferson.siv <- active script
> quit
Note the put brings in the script. And you need to activiate it.
You can activate a sieve script for any user on your system if you are
root. This is an example of activating a script for user chirico. Assume
below the root prompt is "#".
# sieveshell -a chirico -u chirico squeezel.squeezel.com
You can also automate everything from a bash script. But note after
the -e the commands, and not a file with the commands, follows within
quotes. This is the script I use for my home system.
#!/bin/bash
sieveshell -a chirico -u chirico -e 'deactivate
delete chirico.siv
put chirico.siv
activate chirico.siv
list
' squeezel.squeezel.com
References:
http://wiki.fastmail.fm/index.php/SieveRecipes
http://www.cyrusoft.com/sieve/#documents
TIP 194:
emacs - editing files remotely with tramp. Tramp comes with the latest version of emacs.
That means if you're using Fedora core 4, with emacs, you have tramp. This is
ideal for editing files on remote computers that do not use emacs.
Edit the ".emacs" file and add the following line:
(require 'tramp)
(setq tramp-default-method "scp")
Now, to edit a file on computer tape.squeezel.com (C-x, C-f) and
enter the following in Find file:
Find file:/[email protected]:test.txt
References:
http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tramp/
TIP 195:
trusted X11 forwarding - running gnome and KDE both on one screen, at the same
time securely. The following assumes gnome is running on the current
computer and "closet.squeezel.com" has KDE
$ ssh -Y closet.squeezel.com
$ startkde
Or assume you want to run gnome on "closet.squeezel.com"
$ gnome-session
By default Fedora Core allows ForwardX11 over ssh. Note you want to use
the -Y option above and NOT -X.
Suppose you want a remote "gnome-session" on ctl-alt-F12. Below is an
example of getting the remote computer closet.squeezel.com, and you
can still have the above configuration.
First you must allow magic cookies for each server connection.
$ MCOOKIE=$(mcookie)
$ xauth add $(hostname)/unix:1 MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 $MCOOKIE
$ xauth add localhost/unix:1 MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 $MCOOKIE
Again, note that you have to add this for EACH connection. So if you wanted 2 as well
$ MCOOKIE=$(mcookie)
$ xauth add $(hostname)/unix:2 MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 $MCOOKIE
$ xauth add localhost/unix:2 MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 $MCOOKIE
On squeezel.squeezel.com create a new xterm. If :1 is take below
try :2. The vt12 is for switching to ctl-alt-F12.
$ xinit -- :1 vt12
Note, if you do not add the above cookies, you will get the follow error:
Xlib: connection to ":1.0" refused by server
Xlib: No protocol specified
The screen may be hard to read. At this point ssh -Y to the remote computer.
$ gnome-session
Yes, you will get errors about sound and some custom drivers is the remove
computer has different hardware. After is loads, you can switch back and
forth between session with (ctl-alt-F12) and (ctl-alt-F7)
TIP 196:
Suspend ssh session - you have just sshed into a computer "ssh -l user example.com", and you
want to get back to the terminal prompt of the computer you started with. Escapte, by
default with ssh is "~", so enter "~" followed by "ctl-z" to suspend.
TIP 197:
Quick way to send a text file
$ sendmail -f [email protected] [email protected] < /etc/fstab
Or you can use mutt and send a binary file
$ mutt -s "Pictures of the Kids" -a kids.jpg [email protected] < text.txt
TIP 198:
size - determining the size of the text segment, data segment, and "bss" or uninitialized data segment.
$ size /bin/sh /bin/bash
text
data
bss
586946
22444
18784
586946
22444
18784
dec
628174
628174
hex filename
995ce /bin/sh
995ce /bin/bash
Note above that "/bin/sh" and "/bin/bash" have equal text,data and bss numbers. It's
highly likely that these are the same programs.
$ ls -l /bin/sh
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 4 Jan 14
2005 /bin/sh -> bash
Yep, it's the same program. Here's a further definition of each segment.
Text segment: The machine instructions that the CPU executes. This is usually
read only and sharable.
Data segment: Contains initialized variables in a program. You also know these
as declarations and definitions.
int max = 200;
Uninitialized data segment: Think of this as a declaration only, or data that
is only initialized by the kernel to arithmetic 0 or null pointers
before program execution.
char s[10];
TIP 199:
Using the at command.
Below is a simple example if running the ls command at 11:42am that
will send mail -m to the user that executed it.
We'll execute job1 defined as follows and set to be executable.

$ cat ./job1
#!/bin/bash
date >> /tmp/job1
The at command is listed below. For queue "-q" names you can only
specify one letter. Here we're using x. The letter determines the
priority with "a" the highest.
$ at -q x -f ./job1 -m 11:54am
job 3 at 2005-10-04 11:54
Now, if you execute the atq command, you'll get the following.
$ atq
3
2005-10-04 11:54 x chirico
It's also possible to execute jobs at the command line entering

a ctl-d at the end of the input.
$ at -q x
at> ls -l
at> who
at> date
at> ^D
-m 12:08pm
Or for a job to execute 1 minute from now.

$ at -q x -m `date -d '1 minute' +"%H:%M"`
at> ls -l
at> date
Important points: The atd daemon must be running. To check if

it's running do the following:
$ /etc/init.d/atd status
Also, if there is an /etc/at.allow file, then only users in that
file will be allowed to execute at.
If /etc/at.deny exists but is empty and there is no /etc/at.allow,
then, everyone can execute the at command.
TIP 200:
lsusb - command will display all USB buses and all devices connected.
$ lsusb
Bus 005
Bus 005
Bus 005
Bus 004
Bus 003
Bus 003
Bus 003
Bus 002
Bus 001
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
003:
002:
001:
001:
003:
002:
001:
001:
001:
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
413c:2010
413c:1003
0000:0000
0000:0000
0fc5:1227
046d:c016
0000:0000
0000:0000
0000:0000
Dell Computer Corp.

Dell Computer Corp.
Delcom Engineering
Logitech, Inc. Optical Mouse
TIP 201:
Memory fragmentation - if you suspect workload memory fragmentation issues
and you want to monitor the current state of you system, then, consider
looking at the output from /proc/buddyinfo on recent kernels.
$ cat
Node 0,
Node 0,
Node 0,
/proc/buddyinfo
zone
DMA
541
zone
Normal
2508
zone HighMem
0
218
2614
1
The following definition is taken from

Linux kernel source.
42
52
3
2
1
0
0
5
1
0
5
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
./Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt in the
Each column represents the number of pages of a certain order which are
available. In this case, there are 0 chunks of 2^0*PAGE_SIZE available in
ZONE_DMA, 4 chunks of 2^1*PAGE_SIZE in ZONE_DMA, 101 chunks of 2^4*PAGE_SIZE
available in ZONE_NORMAL, etc...
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
TIP 202:
arp - Linux ARP kernel moduel.
This command implements the Address Resolution Protocol.
This is an example of the command.

$ arp
Address
tape.squeezel.com
squeezel.squeezel.com
gw.squeezel.com
HWtype
ether
ether
ether
HWaddress
00:50:DA:60:5B:AD
00:11:11:8A:BE:3F
00:0F:66:47:15:73
Flags Mask
C
C
C
Iface
eth0
eth0
eth0
TIP 203:
dbench - performance monitoring.
So, how does your system react when the load average is above 600. Have you even seen a
computer with a load average of 600? Well, this could be your chance.
Reference: http://freshmeat.net/projects/dbench/
The following gives a load average of 10 on my system.
$ dbench 34
If you want a higher load, just increase the number.
TIP 204:
/etc guide - a listing of common files in the /etc directory.
/etc/exports: this file is used to configure NFS.
/etc/ftpusers: the users on your system who are restricted from FTP login.
/etc/motd: message of the day, which users see after login.
/etc/named.conf: DNS config file.
/etc/profile: common user information.
/etc/inittab: this file contains runlevel start information.
/etc/services: the services and their respective ports.
/etc/shells: this contains the names of all shells installed on the system.
/etc/passwd: this file contains user information.
/etc/group: security group rights.
TIP 205:
logger - is a bash command utility for writing to /var/log/messages or the
other files defined in /etc/syslog.conf.
$ logger -t TEST more of a test here
This is what shows up in /var/log/messages
Oct 28 07:15:50 squeezel TEST: more of a test here
TIP 206:
accton, lastcomm - accouting on and last command. This is
a way to monitor users on your system. As root, you
would implement this as follows:
$ accton -h
Usage: accton [-hV] [file]
[--help] [--version]
The system's default process accounting file is /var/account/pacct.
Note the default file location is /var/account/pacct so we'll turn
it on system wide with the following command.
$ accton /var/account/pacct
Now take a look at this file. It will grow. To see command that
are executed, use the lastcomm command.
$ lastcomm
The above command gives output for all users. To get the data
for user "chirico" execute the following command:
$ lastcomm --user chirico
You can also get a summary of commands with sa.
[chirico@big ~]$ sa
30
5.23re
11
4.83re
8
0.13re
4
0.00re
3
0.00re
2
0.13re
2
0.13re
0.00cp
0.00cp
0.00cp
0.00cp
0.00cp
0.00cp
0.00cp
10185k
8961k
19744k
2542k
680k
17424k
978k
***other
nagios*
automount*
sa
check_ping
ping
To turn off accounting, execute accton without a filename.

$ accton
TIP 207:
CPU Temperature on a laptop. The following is the temperature
of my Dell laptop.
$ cat /proc/acpi/thermal_zone/THM/temperature
temperature:
58 C
TIP 208:
script -f with mkfifo to allow another user to view what you type
in real-time.
Step 1. Create a fifo (first in first out) file that the other
user can view. For this example create the file /tmp/scriptout
[chirico@laptop ~]$ mkfifo /tmp/scriptout

Step 2. Have the second user, voyeur user, cat this file. Output will block
for them until you complete step 3. The other user, voyer,
is executing the command below.
[voyeur@laptop ~]$ cat /tmp/scriptout
Step 3.
The original user runs the following command.

[chirico@laptop ~]$ script -f /tmp/scriptout
Script started, file is /tmp/scriptout
Now anything typed, including a vi session, will be displayed to the

voyeur user in step 2.
See TIP 46.
TIP 209:
fsck forced on next reboot.
To do this, as root issue the following commands.
$ cd /
$ touch forcefsck
Now reboot the system, and when it comes up fsck will be forced on the system.
$ shutdown -r now
TIP 210:
/dev/random and /dev/urandom differ in their random generating properties. /dev/random
only returns bytes when enough noise has been generated from the entropy pool. In
contrast /dev/urandom will always return bytes.
Reference: http://sourceforge.net/direct-dl/mchirico/cpearls/simple_but_common.tar.gz (rand.c)
TIP 211:
Want to find out the speed of your NIC?
(Full Duplex or Half), then use ethtool.
[root@squeezel ~]# ethtool eth0

Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ MII ]
Supported link modes:
10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
Advertised auto-negotiation: Yes
Speed: 100Mb/s
Duplex: Full
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 1
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: on
Supports Wake-on: g
Wake-on: d
Current message level: 0x000000ff (255)

Link detected: yes
Normally you do not want want auto-negotiation unless it is done on
both sides. Auto-negotiation is a protocol. It does NOT automatically
determine the configuration of the port on the other side of the Ethernet
cable and then match it. (Reference: "Network Warrier", section 3-2
by Gary A. Donahue. 2005)
$
ethtool -s eth1 autoneg off duplex full speed 100
TIP 212:
rpm install hang? You might need to delete the lock state information.
$ nl /etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit | grep rpm
720
rm -f /var/lib/rpm/__db* &> /dev/null
Note the command
$ rm -f /var/lib/rpm/__db*
Because sometimes you will run "rpm -ivh somerpm" and it will just sit
there.
TIP 213:
Apache - limit access to certain directories based on IP address in the
httpd.conf file.
You can do this completely from /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf which
are shown below for multiple IP addresses. Note that all 3 setting
are the same.
10.0.0.0/255.0.0.0
10.0.0.0/8
10
However, the following is different
10.0.0.0/24
only allows 10.0.0.1 to 10.0.0.254
Some complete settings in /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf

<Directory /var/www/html/chirico/>
Order allow,deny
Allow from 10.0.0.0/8
# All 10.
Allow from 192.168.0.0/16 # All 192.168
Allow from 127
# All 127.
</Directory>
Here's an example that only allows access to .html files

and nothing else for a particular directory.
<Directory "/var/www/html/chirico/protected">
Satisfy All
Order allow,deny
Deny from all
<Files *.html>
Order deny,allow
Allow from all
Satisfy Any
</Files>
</Directory>
Don't forget to reload httpd with the following command.
$ /etc/init.d/httpd reload
TIP 214:
Open Files - determining how many files are currently open.
$ cat /proc/sys/fs/file-nr
2030
263
104851
|
|
\- maximum open file descriptors
|
|
|
\- total free allocated file descriptors
|
(Total allocated file descriptors since boot)
Note the maximum number can be set or changed.
$ cat /proc/sys/fs/file-max
104851
To change this
$ echo "804854" > /proc/sys/fs/file-max
Note lsof | wc -l will report higher numbers because this includes
open files that are not using file descriptors such as directories,
memory mapped files, and executable text files.
(Reference http://www.netadmintools.com/art295.html
and also see the man page for this: man 5 proc )
TIP 215:
Ctrl-Alt-Del will cause an immediate reboot, without syncing dirty buffers by
setting the value > 0 in /proc/sys/kernel/ctrl-alt-del.
$ echo 1 > /proc/sys/kernel/ctrl-alt-del
(Reference: man 5 proc)
TIP 216:
Redefining keys in X using xev and xmodmap. The program xev, used in an X window
terminal screen will display information on mouse movements, keys pressed and
released.
$ xev
Now type shift-4 and you'll notice the event details below:
KeyPress event, serial 29, synthetic NO, window 0x3800001,
root 0x60, subw 0x0, time 55307049, (418,242), root:(428,339),
state 0x1, keycode 13 (keysym 0x24, dollar), same_screen YES,
XLookupString gives 1 bytes: (24) "$"
XmbLookupString gives 1 bytes: (24) "$"
XFilterEvent returns: False
KeyRelease event, serial 29, synthetic NO, window 0x3800001,

root 0x60, subw 0x0, time 55307184, (418,242), root:(428,339),
state 0x1, keycode 13 (keysym 0x24, dollar), same_screen YES,
XLookupString gives 1 bytes: (24) "$"
So, if you want to redefine this key to say copyright, see (/usr/X11R6/include/X11/keysymdef.h)
you would type the following.
$ xmodmap -e 'keycode 13 = 4 copyright'
To get the key back to the dollar, issue the following command.
$ xmodmap -e 'keycode 13 = 4 dollar'
By the way it's possible to define multiple key codes for a sigle key. You'll need
to have a key defined as the Mode_switch. Perhaps you'd like to use the Windows key,
or the key with the Microsoft logo on it, since you're using Linux. This key is
keycode 115
$ xmodmap -e 'keycode 115 = Mode_switch'
Now you could define 3 values to the shift-4. For this example use ld, Yen and dollar.
$ xmodmap -e 'keycode 13 = 4 dollar sterling yen'
So pressing the keys gives you the following:
shift-$
Windows-$
Windows-shift-$
(dollar sign)
(lb sign)
(Yen sign)
You could go crazy and redefine all you keys.

(Thanks to hisham for this tip).
TIP 217:
Threads - which version of threads are you using?
$ getconf GNU_LIBPTHREAD_VERSION
NPTL 2.3.90
For a history on threads used with gcc reference the following:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NPTL
By the way, you can query all system settings with the
following command:
$ getconf -a
TIP 218:
Screenshots using ImageMagick.
If you want the entire screen, execute the following:
$ import -window root screen.png
Or to crosshair select the region with your mouse, execute
the following instead.
$ import screen.png
KDE has the ability to take screenshots with the command below.
$ ksnapshot
GNOME likewise has a command too.
$ gnome-panel-screenshot --delay 6
Visting ImageMagick again, the xwininfo command give window information and the id can be
used to capture images with the import command.
$ xwininfo
xwininfo: Please select the window about which you
would like information by clicking the
mouse in that window.
xwininfo: Window id: 0x1e00007 "chirico@squeezel:/work/svn/souptonuts - Shell - Konsole"
Absolute upper-left X: 4
Absolute upper-left Y: 21
Relative upper-left X: 0
Relative upper-left Y: 0
Width: 880
Height: 510
Depth: 24
Visual Class: TrueColor
Border width: 0
Class: InputOutput
Colormap: 0x20 (installed)
Bit Gravity State: NorthWestGravity
Window Gravity State: NorthWestGravity
Backing Store State: NotUseful
Save Under State: no
Map State: IsViewable
Override Redirect State: no
Corners: +4+21 -396+21 -396-493 +4-493
-geometry 880x510+0+0
Now use the import command with the Window id. My example is shown below.
$ import -window 0x1e00007
id.miff
And to quickly display this image that you just saved, use the display command.
$ display id.miff
TIP 219:
File Access over SSH using FUSE (Filesystem in USErspace). This is a very good way to
mount a remote filesystem locally. It's like a secure NFS mount, but you don't require
admin privileges on the remote computer. You do need to have fuse-sshfs installed on
the local computer that will perform the filesystem mount.
The following works with Fedora Core 5. Only the users added to the fuse group can mout
external drives. Below the user chirico is being added to the group fuse.
$ yum install fuse-sshfs
$ usermod -a -G fuse chirico
You'll need to reboot.
$ shutdown -r now
Next I'm going to mount the remote filesystem v0.squeezel.com. This is done as user chirico
on the local computer. I'm using root on the remote computer v0.squeezel.com because I
want to mount the complete drive.
$
$
$
$
mkdir
sshfs
cd v0
ls -l
bin
boot
v0
[email protected]:/
dev
etc
home
lib
v0
lost+found
master_backup
media
misc
mnt
net
opt
proc
q
root
sbin
selinux
srv
sys
tmp
usr
var
Now to unmount the filesystem

$ fusermount -u /home/chirico/v0
Yes, you can mount the filesystem on boot. Below shows an example entry for /etc/fstab, but
this only allows user on the current system to view what is is /mnt/v0.
sshfs#[email protected]:/var/log
/mnt/v0 fuse defaults
0 0
References:
(http://fuse.sourceforge.net/sshfs.html)
TIP 220:
OpenVPN - A full-featured SSL VPN solution. The following demonstrates
a very simple OpenVPN setup between two Fedora Core 5 computers
big.squeezel.com 192.168.1.12 and tape.squeezel.com 192.168.1.155
As root install the package on both computers.
$ yum -y install openvpn
Setup on big.squeezel.com 192.168.1.12

$
$
$
$
$
iptables
iptables
iptables
iptables
iptables
-A
-A
-A
-A
-A
INPUT -p udp -s 192.168.1.155

INPUT -i tun+ -j ACCEPT
INPUT -i tap+ -j ACCEPT
INPUT -i tap+ -j ACCEPT
FORWARD -i tap+ -j ACCEPT
Note - make sure you have commented out the following line
in /etc/sysconfig/iptables
# -A RH-Firewall-1-INPUT -j REJECT --reject-with icmp-host-prohibited
Now from continuting with the commands that need to be executed on
big.squeezel.com 192.168.1.12 do one of the following
$ openvpn --remote tape.squeezel.com
--dev tun1 --ifconfig 10.4.0.1 10.4.0.2 --verb 9
The above statement gives lots of errors. Once it's working you may want
the following statement without the --verb 9 option.
$ openvpn --remote tape.squeezel.com
--dev tun1 --ifconfig 10.4.0.1 10.4.0.2
After you finish the setup commands for tape.squeezel.com immediately below, you'll be
able to access tape.squeezel.com as 10.4.0.2.
Setup on tape.squeezel.com 192.168.1.155

$ iptables -A INPUT -p udp -s 192.168.1.12
$ iptables -A INPUT -i tun+ -j ACCEPT
$ iptables -A INPUT -i tap+ -j ACCEPT

$ iptables -A INPUT -i tap+ -j ACCEPT
$ iptables -A FORWARD -i tap+ -j ACCEPT
Note - again, make sure you have commented out the following line
in /etc/sysconfig/iptables
# -A RH-Firewall-1-INPUT -j REJECT --reject-with icmp-host-prohibited
The openvpn commands are tape.squeezel.com are reversed from what is shown
above.
$ openvpn --remote big.squeezel.com --dev tun1 --ifconfig 10.4.0.2 10.4.0.1 --verb 9
Or
$ openvpn --remote big.squeezel.com --dev tun1 --ifconfig 10.4.0.2 10.4.0.1
Now you can access all services and ports from big.squeezel.com on 10.4.0.1 for
such services as MySQL, secure Web, imap, etc. A quick test is nmap as follows:
$ nmap -A -T4 10.4.0.1
Starting Nmap 4.03 ( http://www.insecure.org/nmap/ ) at 2006-05-20 13:54 EDT
Interesting ports on 10.4.0.1:
(The 1671 ports scanned but not shown below are in state: closed)
PORT
STATE SERVICE VERSION
22/tcp
open ssh
OpenSSH 4.3 (protocol 2.0)
111/tcp open rpcbind 2 (rpc #100000)
3306/tcp open mysql
MySQL (unauthorized)
Nmap finished: 1 IP address (1 host up) scanned in 7.116 seconds
TIP 221:
openssl - Some common commands.
Finding the openssldir (Directory for OpenSSL files).
$ openssl version -a|grep OPENSSLDIR
OPENSSLDIR: "/etc/pki/tls"
Connect to a secure SMTP server with STARTTLS, assuming the server name is
squeezel.squeezel.com
$ openssl s_client -connect squeezel.squeezel.com:25 -starttls
Reference (http://www.madboa.com/geek/openssl/)
TIP 222:
Bash functions. This is easy, and I find it very useful to create bash functions
for repeated commands. For example, suppose you want to create a quick bash function
to cd to /var/log, tail messages and tail secure. You can create this function as
follows:
[root@v5 log]# m()
m()
> { cd /var/log
{ cd /var/log
> tail messages
tail messages
> tail secure

tail secure
> }
}
Above I'm typing m() then hitting return. Note the echo on the next line followed
by the prompt >. I then enter {.
TIP 223:
Stats on DNS Server. You can get stats on your DNS server.
The following works for BIND 9:
$ rndc stats
On my system I see the output in "/var/named/chroot/var/named/data/named_stats.txt", which
if an FC4 system. By the way, if you're using BIND 8, the command is "ndc stats", but that
has a completely different format.
Format of the output

+++ Statistics Dump +++ (1153791199)
success 297621
referral 32
nxrrset 21953
nxdomain 33742
recursion 28243
failure 54
--- Statistics Dump --- (1153791199)
The number (1153791199) can be converted with the date command.
$ date -d '1970-01-01 1153791199 sec'
Tue Jul 25 02:33:19 EDT 2006
That's 1153791199 seconds since 1970-01-01 UCT. Which is 4 hours fast,
from EDT.
TIP 224:
snmp - simple network monitoring protocol. The following steps setup snmp on Fedora Core 5.
$ yum install net-snmp*
Next add the following line in "/etc/snmp/snmpd.conf" at the bottom.
rocommunity pA33worD
Start the snmp service.
$ /etc/init.d/snmpd restart
Once started, from the command prompt, it's possible to get stats on the computer.
$ snmpwalk -v 1 -c pA33worD localhost system
Or
$ snmpwalk -v 1 -c pA33worD localhost interface
Or
$ snmpgetnext -v 1 -c pA33worD localhost sysUpTime
DISMAN-EVENT-MIB::sysUpTimeInstance = Timeticks: (26452) 0:04:24.52
Note the Timeticks is in 100th of a second. So the computer above has been running
for 264.52 seconds.

Reference( TIP 225 shows how to use MRTG for gathering snmp stats).
http://www.net-snmp.org/tutorial/tutorial-5/commands/snmpv3.html
TIP 225:
MRTG - Multi Router Traffic Grapher.
$ cfgmaker --output=/etc/mrtg/v5.squeezel.com \
ifref=ip --global "workdir:/var/www/html/mrtg/stats"\
[email protected]
Reference: http://www.chinalinuxpub.com/doc/www.siliconvalleyccie.com/linux-hn/mrtg.htm
TIP 226:
Back Trace - This is a method of getting a back trace for all processes on the system.
it assumes the following: a. Kernel was build with CONFIG_MAGIC_SYS-REQ
enabled (which Fedora 5 kernels are) b. You can get direct access to the
monitor.
Step 1.
Ctl-Alt-F1 (This brings you to the text console)
Step 2.
Alt-ScrollLock
Ctl-ScrollLock
Note above that's Alt-ScrollLock followed by Ctl-ScrollLock. You should see
a lot of text on the screen. To fast to read, but don't worry the text will
be in /var/log/messages at the end.
On my system the ScrollLock key is next to the NumLock key.
TIP 227:
Ext3 Tuning - One advantage of Ext3 over Ext2 is directory indexing, which imporves file
access in directories containing large files or when the directory contains
many files. Directory indexing improves performance by using hashed binary
trees.
There are two ways to enable dir_index. First, find the device using the mount
command.
$ mount
/dev/mapper/VolGroup00-LogVol00 on / type ext3 (rw)
proc on /proc type proc (rw)
sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw)
devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,gid=5,mode=620)
/dev/sda1 on /boot type ext3 (rw) <--- This is the one you want
tmpfs on /dev/shm type tmpfs (rw)
none on /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc type binfmt_misc (rw)
sunrpc on /var/lib/nfs/rpc_pipefs type rpc_pipefs (rw)
automount(pid2001) on /net type autofs (rw,fd=4,pgrp=2001,minproto=2,maxproto=4)
From the above command, the device used is /dev/sda1. Using the tune2fs command,
directory indexing will only apply to directories created after running the
command below.
$ tune2fs -O dir_index /dev/sda1
However, if you want it to apply to all directories, use the e2fsck command as
shown below:
$ e2fsck -D -f /dev/sda1
You'll need to bypass the warning message.
Reference: "Tuning Journaling File Systems: A small amount of effort an dtime can yield big
results",by Steve Best. Linux Magazine, September 10, 2006. This author as has
a very good book titled: "Linux Debugging and Performance Tuning."
TIP 228:
NIC bonding - binding two or more NICs to one IP address to improve performance. The following
instructions were done on Fedora Core 5.
Step 1.
Create the file ifcfg-bond0 with the IP address, netmask and gateway. Shown
below is my file.
$ cat /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-bond0
DEVICE=bond0
IPADDR=192.168.1.12
NETMASK=255.255.255.0
GATEWAY=192.168.1.1
USERCTL=no
BOOTPROTO=none
ONBOOT=yes
Step 2.
Modify eth0, eth1 and eth2. Shown below are each one of my files. Note that
you must comment out, or remove the ip address, netmask, gateway and hardware
address from each one of these files, since settings should only come from
the ifcfg-bond0 file above. I've chosen to comment out the lines, instead of
removing, should I decide to unbond my NICS sometime in the future.
# Linksys Gigabit Network Adapter
DEVICE=eth0
BOOTPROTO=none
#HWADDR=00:12:17:5C:A7:9D
#IPADDR=192.168.1.12
#NETMASK=255.255.255.0
#TYPE=Ethernet
#GATEWAY=192.168.1.1
#USERCTL=no
#IPV6INIT=no
#PEERDNS=yes
ONBOOT=yes
# Settings for Bond
MASTER=bond0
SLAVE=yes
DEVICE=eth1
BOOTPROTO=none
#HWADDR=00:12:17:5C:A7:C9
#IPADDR=192.168.1.13
#NETMASK=255.255.255.0
ONBOOT=yes
#TYPE=Ethernet
USERCTL=no
#IPV6INIT=no
#PEERDNS=yes
#
# Settings for bonding
MASTER=bond0
SLAVE=yes
DEVICE=eth2
BOOTPROTO=none
#HWADDR=00:12:17:5C:A7:9D
#IPADDR=192.168.1.12
#NETMASK=255.255.255.0
ONBOOT=yes
#TYPE=Ethernet
#GATEWAY=192.168.1.1
#USERCTL=no
#IPV6INIT=no
#PEERDNS=yes
MASTER=bond0
SLAVE=yes
Step 3.
Set the load parameters for bond0 bonding kernel module. Append the
following lines to /etc/modprobe.conf
# bonding commands
alias bond0 bonding
options bond0 mode=balance-alb miimon=100
Step 4.
Load the bond driver module from the command prompt.
$ modprobe bonding
Step 5.
Restart the network, or restart the computer. Note I restarted to computer,
since my NICs above had MAC assignments.
$ service network restart
# Or restart computer
Take a look at the proc settings.

$ cat /proc/net/bonding/bond0
Ethernet Channel Bonding Driver: v3.0.3 (March 23, 2006)
Bonding Mode: adaptive load balancing
Primary Slave: None
Currently Active Slave: eth2
MII Status: up
MII Polling Interval (ms): 100
Up Delay (ms): 0
Down Delay (ms): 0
Slave Interface: eth2

MII Status: up
Link Failure Count: 0
Permanent HW addr: 00:13:72:80:62:f0
References:
http://www.cyberciti.biz/nixcraft/vivek/blogger/2006/04/linux-bond-or-team-multiple-network.php
Good, well written article describing the steps above.
http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=24692&package_id=146474
Documentation for bonding that can also be found in the kernel
./Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
TIP 229:
/etc/nsswitch.conf - System Databases and Name Service Switch configuration file.
This file determines lookup order of services. For example, to match a name
to an IP address, an entry can be put into the /etc/hosts file. Or a DNS query
can be made. What's the order? Normally, it's the entry in the /etc/hosts file.
because /etc/nsswitch.conf contains the following setting
hosts:
files dns
See man nsswitch.conf for more settings.
TIP 230:
Finding DST settings on the live system. In 2007 Daylight Saving Time was extended in the United
States, Canada, and Bermuda. Before this change we adjusted the clocks on the last Sunday in
October - Not anymore. We now change it on the first Sunday in November.
$ zdump -v EST5EDT |grep '2007'
EST5EDT
EST5EDT
EST5EDT
EST5EDT
Sun
Sun
Sun
Sun
Mar 11 06:59:59 2007 UTC

Mar 11 07:00:00 2007 UTC
Nov 4 05:59:59 2007 UTC
Nov 4 06:00:00 2007 UTC
=
=
=
=
Sun
Sun
Sun
Sun
Mar 11 01:59:59 2007 EST

Mar 11 03:00:00 2007 EDT
Nov 4 01:59:59 2007 EDT
Nov 4 01:00:00 2007 EST
isdst=0
isdst=1
isdst=1
isdst=0
gmtoff=-18000
gmtoff=-14400
gmtoff=-14400
gmtoff=-18000
Correct settings for EDT are shown above. Note, the months Mar and Nov.
You can also run the same command by location.
$ zdump -v /usr/share/zoneinfo/America/New_York|grep '2007'
Note: This time conversion file can be created manually. For instructions on how to perform
this task, execute the following command.
$ man zic
zic is the time zone compiler.
Reference:
http://www-1.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=0&q1=T1010301&uid=isg3T1010301&loc=en_US&cs=utf-8&cc=us=en
TIP 231:
Qt - Compiling Qt 4 programs statically to run on remote systems that do
have Qt 4 libraries installed. You actually download the Qt 4 source
program.
Step 1 - Download Qt 4.
You will download a separate version of Qt 4. Yes, even if you have
Qt 4 installed on your system, you'll want to download another
version to statically compile your programs. I performed the
following steps on my computer:
$
$
$
$
mkdir -p /home/src/qt
wget ftp://ftp.trolltech.com/qt/source/qt-x11-opensource-src-4.2.2.tar.gz
cd /home/src/qt
tar -xzf qt-x11-opensource-src-4.2.2.tar.gz
Note, make sure you get the latest version of Qt. When I'm wrote this it
was 4.2.2. Check for updates.
Step 2 - Compile Qt for static mode

The text step is to compile qt for static mode.
$ cd /home/src/qt/qt-x11-opensource-src-4.2.2
$ ./configure -static -prefix /home/src/qt/qt-x11-opensource-src-4.2.2
$ make sub-src
At this point Qt 4 is installed in static mode.
Step 3 - Set PATH

Now set the PATH to reference this version.
$ PATH=/home/src/qt/qt-x11-opensource-src-4.2.2/bin:$PATH
$ export PATH
Step 4 - Compile Your Source

My program source is located in /home/chirico/widgetpaint
$
$
$
$
cd /home/chirico/widgetpaint
qmake -project
qmake -config release
make
TIP 232:
SELinux - FC6 quick fix for problems. Using system-config-securitylevel to
fix simple problem. (Also see TIP 238).
$ ssh -Y user@servertofix
$ system-config-securitylevel
You do not have to ssh into the computer as root. As long as X is running
"init 5", then you can run the system-config command above and it will
ask you for the root password.
Reference (TIP 238).
TIP 233:
Mutt - tagging multiple messages and moving them to a different folder.
If you want to tag multiple messages with mutt, use the capital T, when
in mutt.
T
~A
;s
(To tag all messages. Note, enter the tilda "~" without quotes)
(After entering ;s, you'll be asked where to save the message)
From here you can create a new fold. If you're using IMAP mail boxes, then
use C to create a mailbox.
To delete messages without exiting mutt, enter "$", without the quotes.
(Reference: http://www.mutt.org/doc/manual/manual-4.html )
TIP 234:
Mutt - color coding message in mutt.
The following is written in the .muttrc file.
color index brightblue default Poker
color body brightyellow default Error
Note, the first line will color blue all indexes with
the word Poker. The second operates on the body of the
message.
TIP 235:
cat - header, stdin, and footer. (Working with /dev/fd/0 or -)
If you have data from a command that you want preceded by
the contents of a header file and followed by data in
a footer file, then, the following command may help.
$ w|cat header /dev/fd/0 footer
Above the output of the "w" command follows the contents of
the header file. Note "/dev/fd/0" refers to stdin. Yes, you
could use "-" in its place in this situation. However, if
"-" is used as the first argument, it will be interpreted as
as a command line option, whereas "/dev/fd/0" would not.
TIP 236:
biosdecode - Querying the Bios from the command prompt.
This command can be executed as followed from root:
$ biosdecode
SYSID present.
Revision: 0
Structure Table Address: 0x000F0411
Number Of Structures: 1
SMBIOS 2.3 present.
Structure Table Length: 2570 bytes
TIP 237:
emacs - commands in your ~/.emacs file to disable splash screen startup
message.
;;disable splash screen and startup message

(setq inhibit-startup-message t)
(setq initial-scratch-message nil)
TIP 238:
SELinux - fixing SELinux problems in the audit.log, since the
last reboot; and, building a kernel module to permit
access.
These instructions have only been tested on Fedora Core 7. The
first step is to install checkpolicy, and audit. Normally audit
is already installed.
$ yum install checkpolicy
$ yum install audit
$ mkdir -p /root/selinux && cd /root/selinux
$ audit2allow -M moduleName -l -i /var/log/audit/audit.log
$ cp moduleName.pp /usr/share/selinux/targeted/.
$ cd /usr/share/selinux/targeted/
$ semodule -i moduleName.pp
Note: You may need to load the module from /usr/share/selinux/targeted
if you get the following error: "semodule: Could not read file". This
problem seems to be version dependent.
Next, check to make sure the module is loaded.
$ semodule -l
Note, you may want to change the name "moduleName" to something more
descriptive. You definitely need to change the name if you run this
a second time, since each time this is run old changes are overwritten.
It is also possible to do the steps independently. In fact, you could
build the .te file by hand. Here's an example.
[Need to finish - see banssh project]
Reference:
http://fedorasolved.org/security-solutions/selinux-module-building/
If you really get stuck, you may need to relabel all files on your system.
First edit /etc/selinux/config and set to permissive mode. Next run the following
command.
$ touch /.autorelabel
The following is an excellent reference for creating your own policies:
http://www.redhatmagazine.com/2007/08/21/a-step-by-step-guide-to-building-a-new-selinux-policy-module/
TIP 239:
Yum Database Fix-up - you may have done a yum update, then, inadvertently
killed it. It maybe necessary to rebuild the database.
$ rm /var/lib/rpm/__db*
$ rpm --rebuilddb
$ yum clean all

Note, you may also run into the situation where you need to reinstall a package
directly. The following example shows how to reinstall the sysstat package on
fedora 8.
$ wget http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/releases/8/Everything/i386/os/Packages/sysstat-7.0.4-3.fc8.i386.rpm
$ rpm -ivh --replacepkgs sysstat-7.0.4-3.fc8.i386.rpm
TIP 240:
Convert Epoch Seconds to the Current Time. Note, some programs like Nagios list
epoch seconds. Here's a way to do the conversion.
$ date -d "1970-01-01 1184521826 sec GMT"
Sun Jul 15 13:50:26 EDT 2007
The above command converts 1184521826 to the current time.
TIP 241:
vmstat - For disk IO subsystem total statistics since last boot use the -D option
$ vmstat -D
27 disks
2 partitions
2766536 total reads
526906 merged reads
61184034 read sectors
21233780 milli reading
8849711 writes
3719803 merged writes
100480938 written sectors
181253052 milli writing
0 inprogress IO
12854 milli spent IO
The last stat shows 12854 ms spent reading from the disk.
Merged reads and merged writes happen when the kernel tries to
combine requests for contiguous regions on the disk for a performance
increase.
If you want more detailed totals, use the -d option.
An important note, vmstat can provide totals on disk performance whereas
iostat provides data rate of change during the sample.
TIP 242:
htop - This is an excellent substitute for top. This program is easier
to read, with better color coded output.
TIP 243:
ls - hints. Although the -d option is often used to find directories, it
can also be used with wildcards ".*" to list all files beginning with a
period.
$ ls -d .*
. .bash_logout .config .eggcups .qt .redhat .sqlite_history
.. .bash_history .bashrc .eclipse .emacs
TIP 244:
aureport - Getting a nice SELinux audit report. Options include [today, this-month,
this-week ..etc]. And, if you get anything in the avc row, then, you
can issue the --avc -i option.
$ aureport --start today
Summary Report
======================
Range of time in logs: 10/12/2007 10:09:05.572 - 10/24/2007 14:20:01.242
Selected time for report: 10/24/2007 00:00:01 - 10/24/2007 14:20:01.242
Number of changes in configuration: 0
Number of changes to accounts, groups, or roles: 0
Number of logins: 0
Number of failed logins: 0
Number of authentications: 1
Number of failed authentications: 0
Number of users: 1
Number of terminals: 2
Number of host names: 1
Number of executables: 3
Number of files: 0
Number of AVC's: 0
Number of MAC events: 0
Number of failed syscalls: 0
Number of anomaly events: 0
Number of responses to anomaly events: 0
Number of crypto events: 0
Number of process IDs: 105
Number of events: 111
TIP 245:
Postfix - Sender Dependent Relay Host Maps. You would use this
type of setup with Google Apps, where you're supporting
local Linux email accounts with your domain MX record
pointing to Google.
/etc/postfix/main.cf:
sender_dependent_relayhost_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/sender_relayhost
smtp_sasl_auth_enable = yes
smtp_sasl_password_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/sasl_passwd
smtp_sasl_security_options = noanonymous
smtp_sender_dependent_authentication = yes
/etc/postfix/sender_relayhost:
#format: sender-address
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
/etc/postfix/sasl_passwd:
#email
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
relayhost
[cwxstat.org]
[cwxstat.org]
[cwxstat.org]
[cwxstat.org]
[cwxstat.org]
email:password
[email protected]:89mbup
[email protected]:PAss8orD
[email protected]:P33key
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]:Dunkin34
[email protected]:P4rple
References:
http://groups.google.com/group/list.postfix.users/browse_thread/thread/a4f5ca7e3137b6c3/9d1db8686b1e3ffe?lnk=st&q=sender_dependent_relayhost_maps#9d1db8686b1e3ffe
TIP 246:
Finding the source from an rpm file, using the audit package as an example.
$ rpm -qi audit
Name
: audit
Relocations: (not relocatable)
Version
: 1.5.6
Vendor: Fedora Project
Release
: 2.fc7
Build Date: Mon 03 Sep 2007 11:42:01 AM EDT
Install Date: Fri 12 Oct 2007 10:48:28 AM EDT
Build Host: xenbuilder4.fedora.phx.redhat.com
Group
: System Environment/Daemons
Source RPM: audit-1.5.6-2.fc7.src.rpm
Size
: 586509
License: GPL
Signature
: DSA/SHA1, Thu 06 Sep 2007 04:42:18 PM EDT, Key ID b44269d04f2a6fd2
Packager
: Fedora Project
URL
: http://people.redhat.com/sgrubb/audit/
Summary
: User space tools for 2.6 kernel auditing
Description :
The audit package contains the user space utilities for
storing and searching the audit records generate by
the audit subsystem in the Linux 2.6 kernel.
The above information give you the source package name audit-1.5.6-2.fc7.src.rpm.
Next to findout your release version:
$ cat /etc/redhat-release
Fedora release 7 (Moonshine)
To get the download location
$ grep 'SRPMS' /etc/yum.repos.d/fedora-updates.repo
#baseurl=http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/updates/$releasever/SRPMS/
So, to get our file, we'd use the following command:
$ wget http://download.fedora.redhat.com/pub/fedora/linux/updates/7/SRPMS/audit-1.5.6-2.fc7.src.rpm
Note - consider installing yum-utils and rpmdevtools, especially if you plan to rebuild
the kernel from source. (Reference: http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Docs/CustomKernel)
$ yum install yum-utils rpmdevtools
You may also want to check for source packages in the following directory:
/usr/src/redhat/SOURCES
To get the source of a package from yum, use yumdownloader. For example
if you wanted to get the souce from the yum-updatesd package, use the
following command:
$ yumdownloader --source yum-updatesd
This will put the file yum-updatesd-0.9-1.fc9.src.rpm in the current directory.
TIP 247:
Kernel source - pulling down the latest version of the
kernel. This is Torvald's daily snapshot.
$ git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git linux-2.6

Once downloaded, use the following command above to get updates:
$ git pull
TIP 248:
syscalls - want to know all the system calls available?
$ man syscalls
(Reference: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/library/l-system-calls/)
TIP 249:
Rute User's Tutorial and Exposition (Version 1.0.0) by Paul Sheer. This
has a lot of Linux and programming tips:
http://rute.2038bug.com/index.html.gz
TIP 250:
dmidecode - Get serial numbers, pic-slots, and other system
information that's normally stored in your computer's BIOS.
Yes, you can do this from the command prompt as root:
$ dmidecode
(Reference: http://www.nongnu.org/dmidecode/)
TIP 251:
whatmask - This is a subnet mask notation conversion tool. Or a
Tool for calculating available host address ranges with CIDR
notation input.
For example, suppose you want to calculate for confirm how
to construct two equal subnets off of the 192.168.1 network,
including netmask, start and stop usable IP addresses.
$ whatmask 192.168.1.0/25
----------------------------------------------TCP/IP NETWORK INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------IP Entered = ..................: 192.168.1.0
CIDR = ........................: /25
Netmask = .....................: 255.255.255.128
Netmask (hex) = ...............: 0xffffff80
Wildcard Bits = ...............: 0.0.0.127
-----------------------------------------------Network Address = .............: 192.168.1.0
Broadcast Address = ...........: 192.168.1.127
Usable IP Addresses = .........: 126
First Usable IP Address = .....: 192.168.1.1
Last Usable IP Address = ......: 192.168.1.126
$ whatmask 192.168.1.128/25
-----------------------------------------------TCP/IP NETWORK INFORMATION
-----------------------------------------------IP Entered = ..................: 192.168.1.128
CIDR = ........................: /25
Netmask = .....................: 255.255.255.128
Netmask (hex) = ...............: 0xffffff80
Wildcard Bits = ...............: 0.0.0.127
-----------------------------------------------Network Address = .............: 192.168.1.128
Broadcast Address = ...........: 192.168.1.255
Usable IP Addresses = .........: 126
First Usable IP Address = .....: 192.168.1.129
Last Usable IP Address = ......: 192.168.1.254
TIP 252:
/etc/sysconfig/init This file has settings for interactive prompt during
the run level initializtion (run levels are set in /etc/inittab).
So, if you want to be prompted to load up everthing from sshd, ntp
etc., then, change the prompt below to yes.
# Set to anything other than 'no' to allow hotkey interactive startup...
PROMPT=no
TIP 253:
Need to change the localtime on your computer? Say you want it to be
US Eastern. Just copy the time file (This assumes Fedora or RedHat).
$ cp /usr/share/zoneinfo/US/Eastern /etc/localtime
TIP 254:
You use putty from Windows; but, when you try to run tools like
lokkit, mc, or any Nurses menu on your Linux box the display is
hard to read. To fix this, from Putty, select the following
options (Window/Translation). Now under the box titled "Received
data assumed to be in which character set: choose UTF-8.
TIP 255:
eth0, eth1, or eth10? If you stuck and cannot figure out what device
your NIC is registering under, perhaps the kernel has loaded from boot,
then take a look under the following:
[root@soekris00 network-scripts]# ls /sys/class/net/
eth10 eth11 eth12 eth13 eth14 eth15 eth16 eth9
gre0
lo
tunl0
Okay, but you want to start at eth0. If fact you can control which NIC
starts at which device. Here's how.
$ udevinfo -a -p /sys/class/net/eth10
...
looking at device '/class/net/eth10':
KERNEL=="eth10"
SUBSYSTEM=="net"
DRIVER==""
ATTR{addr_len}=="6"
ATTR{iflink}=="8"
ATTR{ifindex}=="8"
ATTR{features}=="0x0"
ATTR{type}=="1"
ATTR{link_mode}=="0"
ATTR{address}=="00:00:24:ca:0a:c2"
ATTR{broadcast}=="ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff"
ATTR{carrier}=="1"
...
Take the following information above and create the following file
/etc/udev/rules.d/11-local.rules
And populate this file with the following information:
KERNEL=="eth*",ATTR{address}=="00:00:24:ca:0a:c2",NAME="eth0"
TIP 256:
Compiling a kernel on a 64 bit computer for a 32 bit computer.
I ran into this when building a custom kernel for the soekris device,
where I needed to compile the kernel on my fast 64 bit computer.
Use the ARCH=<param> command on both menuconfig and bzImage
make ARCH=i386
menuconfig
Note, even when filling in the .config parameters, you need to use
the ARCH command above if you're compiling on a 64 bit computer
for a 32 bit system.
make ARCH=i386
bzImage make ARCH=i386
modules
TIP 257:
Automatically loading a kernel module during boot. Copy the module
under the /lib/modules/$(uname -r)/ directory.
cp yourmodule.ko /lib/modules/$(uname -r)/.
depmod -a
Note depmod will load all modules under /lib/modules/$(uname -r)/

provided it has a newer timestamp. So if something isn't getting
loaded, you may want to touch the file.
TIP 258:
Generate a uuid: uuidgen - command-line utility to create a new UUID value
uuidgen
The above command generated the following uuid:
c0bcfac5-286b-4f76-b3a0-bd45adfd65ca
Each time this command is run a new uuid is generated.
TIP 259:
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard - a reference to how a standard

Unix filesystem is organized. This is needed reading for package
developers.
http://www.pathname.com/fhs/
TIP 260:
Emacs - you have a file where you want to replace the returns
hidden in the document with some other combination.
For example, suppose you have to the following text:
This is a sample
sentance.
And you want to convert it to the following
This is a sample\
sentance.
Note, you're adding \ before the returns.
You can do this in emacs as follows. The hidden return

is ctl-q ctl-j. So
esc-x replace-string ctl-q ctl-j <return>\ctl-q ctl-j
This comes in handy for C string assignments.
TIP 261:
Changing Postfix to be the default on a Fedora installation.
Step 1:
$ /sbin/service sendmail stop
$ chkconfig sendmail off
$ alternatives --config mta
You'll need to follow the instructions after executing the alternatives
command.
Step 2:
$ /sbin/service postfix start
$ /sbin/chkconfig --list postfix
TIP 262:
Commands for creating a swap file.
Step 1:
Create the file.
This file will be 1024*524288 bytes. Generally it is a good
idea to create the swap file twice as big as the amount of
RAM that you have installed if you are under a 1 G.
However, if you have larger amounts of RAM, it's best to run
you own tests with free to see how you're using the swap
file.
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=/swapfile0 bs=1024 count=524288
Step 2:
Setup the swap area on the file you created.
$ mkswap /swapfile0
Step 3:
Enable the file for swapping
$ swapon /swapfile0
Step 4:
Permanently enable the swap file on boot.
Add the following lines to /etc/fstab.
/swapfile0
swap
swap
defaults
0 0
Step 5:
Check that the swap file is working the the free command. Also,
reboot too to make sure the swap file works on restart and that
/etc/fstab was correctly configured.
[root@soekris30 ~]# free -m

total
used
free
Mem:
502
173
-/+ buffers/cache:
27
Swap:
511
0
shared
328
474
511
buffers
cached
0
TIP 263:
Commands for creating a bridge on your Linux box. Or basically
this turns your Linux box into a router where you just plug in
devices. This example set IP address 192.168.1.120 as the IP
address of the bridge. Since this box is also a server, you'll
need to setup the default gateway, which only affects this
computer.
$ brctl addbr br0
$ ifconfig eth0 down
$ addif br0 eth0
$ addif br0 eth1
$ addif br0 eth2
$ ifconfig br0 192.168.1.120
$ ifconfig eth0 0.0.0.0 up
$ ifconfig br0 up
11
134
$ route add default gw 192.168.1.1 br0

To find out if the bridge is working, use the netstat command.
$ netstat -i
Kernel Interface table
Iface
MTU Met
RX-OK RX-ERR RX-DRP RX-OVR
br0
1500
0
105139
0
0
0
eth0
1500
0
923738
13
370
13
eth1
1500
0
143691
0
0
0
eth2
1500
0
134115
0
0
0
TX-OK TX-ERR TX-DRP TX-OVR Flg

78613
0
0
0 BMRU
737339
3
0
3 BMRU
166542
4
0
4 BMRU
220353
4
0
4 BMRU
You might want to change your firewall settings to allow traffic

all traffic, which is what the first command is doing below by
flushing any previous firewall settings. The next commands block
the ports into this device. Now, my Linux box here is the Soekris
net5501, so I'm blocking port 111 (both udp and tcp) to this
device, which is at IP address 192.168.1.120.
$ iptables -F
$ iptables -A INPUT -i br0 -p tcp
$ iptables -A INPUT -i br0 -p udp
--dport 111 -d 192.168.1.120 -m physdev

--dport 111 -d 192.168.1.120 -m physdev
--physdev-is-in -j DROP
--physdev-is-in -j DROP
Now you may want to block certain traffic going through this
router. The example below prevents the device attached on eth2
from sending packets to eth1 on port 111.
$ iptables -A FORWARD -i br0 -p tcp --dport 111 -m physdev --physdev-in eth2 --physdev-out eth1 -j DROP
Okay, so the above command blocks port 111 from eth2 to eth1. If
you want to block all traffic from a device attached to this
router, you may want to consider using ebtables, which is a layer
2 protocol (operating at a lower level than iptables).
$ ebtables -A FORWARD -s 00:0b:db:c3:39:24 -j DROP
TIP 264:
Traffic shaping - using the tc command to control network traffic.
The tc command works particularly well with bridging. Suppose we
wanted to slow down traffic on eth5. First, lets get some
readings before making changes.
$ ping soekris10
PING soekris10.squeezel.com (192.168.1.153) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from soekris10.squeezel.com (192.168.1.153): icmp_seq=1 ttl=64
time=1.89 ms
time=0.445 ms
time=0.479 ms
time=0.458 ms
Now the traffic is going to be slowed by 100 ms, with the

following command. Note that soekris10 is connected to eth1.
$ tc qdisc add dev eth1 root netem delay 100ms
After this change, note the following increase of 100ms in ping
delay.
$ ping soekris10
PING soekris10.squeezel.com (192.168.1.153) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from soekris10.squeezel.com (192.168.1.153): icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=203 ms
You may want to change this setting back to what is was, which
can be done with the following command:

$ tc qdisc change dev eth1 root netem delay 0ms
Reference:
http://devresources.linux-foundation.org/shemminger/netem/example.html
TIP 265:
Consolidate duplicate files via hardlinks. This is a package
that automatically walks through files, on the same filesystem,
looking for duplicates. When a duplicate is found, one file is
chosen as the master and the other duplicate matches link to this
master.
$
$
$
$
mkdir 1
mkdir 2
echo "stuff here" >1/file1
cp 1/file1 2/.
Now, you have two files that are the same; however, the timestamp does
differ. To see what hard link finds, use the -ncv option. Note (-n) option
prevents changes from being made.
$ hardlink
-ncvv .
Directories 3
Objects 5
IFREG 2
Mmaps 1
Comparisons 1
Would link 1
Would save 4096
Again, no changes have actually been made yet. We can verify this by looking at
the inodes for the file.
$ ls -i 1 2
1:
12738583 file1
2:
12738584 file1
So 1/file1 has inode 12738583, which is different from 2/file1,
which has 12738584.
Okay, let's run the program for real, by taking out the -n
option.
$ hardlink -cvv .
Linked ./1/file1 to ./2/file1, saved 11
Directories 3
Objects 5
IFREG 2
Mmaps 1
Comparisons 1
Linked 1
saved 4096
Now that shows that it ran, and to really confirm, let's look at
the inodes.
$ ls -i 1 2
1:
12738583 file1
2:
12738583 file1
Okay. They are the same. Now if were a very large file, you'd see
a decrease in disk space, since you're only pointing to the contents
of one file.
Interesting note, if you edit the file with emacs, it will not
save changes in both places. Because the default settings of
emacs save the contents into a new file, you'll only get the
changes made in the file you're editing.
If you had made a soft link (ln -s file1a file2a), then, changing
one file with emacs will change the other ... just an important point
to note.
TIP 266:
dstat - versatile tool for generating system resource statistics.
http://dag.wieers.com/home-made/dstat/
Alternative to vmstat with the advantage of comparing multiple
stats side by side.
Below are some useful commands:
Total system output displayed and collected in the file fileout.
dstat --time -av --output fileout
TIP 267:
Compiling C++ programs with the boost library.
g++ prog.cc -lboost_regex
The example above links the regex libary. There are over 70 such
libraries. They can be linked using -lboost_libname, where
libname is the name of the libarary.
TIP 268:
Hardening Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5. The following is a good talk
by Steve Grubb.
http://www.redhat.com/promo/summit/2008/downloads/pdf/hardening-rhel5.pdf
If that link does not exist, I have a copy of the pdf at the following:
http://chirico.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/security/hardening-rhel5.pdf
Also checkout some of the other presentations in the 2008 Red Hat Summit.
http://www.redhat.com/promo/summit/2008/downloads/
TIP 269:
iotop - command to monitor I/O usage by processes or threads. This reading

comes directly from the kernel and requires the kernel to be compiled with
the CONFIG_TASKSTATS and CONFIG_TASK_IO_ACCOUNTING options. This is the case
with the latest Fedora distributions.
http://freshmeat.net/projects/iotop/
TIP 270:
Process substitution - a way to combine multiple command pipes
into a single command line. It a way of avoiding tmp files.
Here's a simple example. You have two files. You want the
contents sorted and only list the differences between each
file. However, you don't want any temp files created that will
later need to be cleaned up. Plus, you want it all done on one
command line.
$
1
4
3
cat a
$ cat b
4
6
5
$ comm -3 <(sort a | uniq) <(sort b | uniq)

1
2
5
6
TIP 271:
Common subversion commands - the most common everyday commands.
The following is done with the real project banssh on Google Code.
1. Checkout the latest version of the project. This will store
the project in the directory banssh-read-only. Just change
this name, if you want something else.
$ svn checkout http://banssh.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/ banssh-read-only
2. Revert back to version N (save version 334). You can pick and choose
and valid version numbers.
$ svn update -r 334
3. Get the latest update.
$ svn update
4. This requires write access, but suppose you want to add a tag for your
release. This example will add release banssh-0.0.3
$ svn copy https://banssh.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/ \
https://banssh.googlecode.com/svn/tags/banssh-0.0.3 \
-m "Banssh release 0.0.3"
5. Delete files or file. Below deleting the file banssh.cc
$ svn remove banssh.cc
6. Getting a list of files in the respository. This example gets

a list of files beginning with H.
$ svn list H*
7. Committing changes with a message.
$ svn commit -m 'Sample msg'
8. Adding files. This can also be applied to directories.
$ svn add main.cc
9. Suppose you've made changes to your file, but you haven't
committed. You want to see what these changes are.
$ svn diff main.cc
Note you can also see all changes relative to a particular
version.
$ svn diff main.cc -r 34
10. To list the log of commits. You may want to pipe the
result to a file.
$ svn log
11. Need general information about the repository.
$ svn info
Path: .
URL: https://banssh.googlecode.com/svn/trunk
Repository Root: https://banssh.googlecode.com/svn
Repository UUID: 554197c9-0241-0830-1070-ccc24ce314de
Revision: 427
Node Kind: directory
Schedule: normal
Last Changed Author: mchirico
Last Changed Rev: 426
Last Changed Date: 2009-02-03 19:48:24 -0500 (Tue, 03 Feb 2009)
12. Need more commands?
$ svn help
TIP 272:
Difference between .bash_profile and .bashrc
.bash_profile - commands inside this file only get executed by the login shell.
.bashrc - commands inside this file only get execute when you run a subshell
.bash_logout - only gets executed on logout, so it's good for deleting tmp files
or clearning history.
Of course, it's very likely that command from .bashrc will also get executed on
login, since often .bashrc is called within .bash_profile. Look for the following
command:
# Code in .bash_profile that call .bashrc
# Get the aliases and functions
if [ -f ~/.bashrc ]; then
. ~/.bashrc
fi
TIP 273:
Port forwarding with ssh and scp. Note the lowercase "p" for ssh and the
uppercase "P" for scp.
In the following example server2 is only accessibile via server1. You are
current on a third computer, which can only reach server2 via server1.
Step 1.
Setup the ssh connection. Connect to the first server, server1
but put the second server, server2 after the -L
ssh user1@server1 -L 22000:server2:22
Step 2.
Now, in a new terminal window, on your current computer login
to port 22000. Note, you running this command on your local computer
which will go through server1 to login to server2
ssh user2@localhost -p 22000

Step 3.
The following is an example of copying a file.
scp -P 22000 file1 user2@localhost
TIP 274:
Generating computer names, with preceding zeros, using the seq
command.
Suppose you have 1000 or so computers numbered as follows:
server001
server002
...
server999
And you need a quick way of generating the list of names, with
numbers below 100 preceded with one or two zeros. Do worry, there
is a one liner to do this.
$ seq -f "server%03g" 999

server001
server002
server003
...
server996
server997
server998
server999
TIP 275:
How to increase the I/O priority of a process.
$ ionice -c1 -n0
<PID>
Explanation:
"-c1"
signifies Real time scheduling
"-n0"
is the highest priority. Compare to "-n4"
"-p <PID>"
is the process ID
If you just want to see the I/O scheduling priority of a process,

use the following command:
$ ionice <PID>
TIP 276:
Extracting the contents of a cpio file.
The following command will extract the contents of a cpio file.
$ cat soa_linux_x86_101310_disk1.cpio |cpio -idmv
TIP 277:
bonnie++
measuring disk performance.
The following program will aggressively measure disk performance.

http://www.coker.com.au/bonnie++/
You can run this program with the following parameters:
bonnie++ -n 0 -u 0 -r <physical RAM> -s <20x physical ram> -f -b -d <mounted array>
Below is an example run as root:

bonnie++ -n 0 -u 0 -r 512 -s 20480 -f -b -d .
TIP 278:
Wireless with Fedora - Broadcom Corporation BCM4312 802.11b/g
You may have a problem getting you're wireless card working with Linux. It's
possible you may need to download and compile the driver.
http://www.broadcom.com/support/802.11/linux_sta.php
I did the following for the 64 bit driver.
wget http://www.broadcom.com/docs/linux_sta/hybrid-portsrc-x86_64-v5_10_91_9.tar.gz
tar -xzf hybrid-portsrc-x86_64-v5_10_91_9.tar.gz
make -C /lib/modules/$(uname -r)/build M=`pwd`
sudo cp wl.ko /lib/$(uname -r)/.
sudo depmod
sudo modprobe wl
TIP 279:
Making the terminal window larger or small. For example, if you're
showing someone code, you make want to make the gnome-terminal window
larger.
ctl-shft-+
ctl -
(This make it larger. Control shift plus at the same time)
(That is a control minus, to make it smaller)
TIP 280:
If you approach a terminal where someone is logged in, you can automatically
log them out with the following command:
ctl-shft-backspace
TIP 281:
Generate or regenerate SSL Certificate for Apache.
Error in logs:
################# SSL Certificate Warning ################
Certificate for hostname 'squeel.org', in file (or by nickname):
/etc/pki/tls/certs/localhost.crt
The certificate needs to be renewed; this can be done
using the 'genkey' program.
Browsers will not be able to correctly connect to this
web site using SSL until the certificate is renewed.
##########################################################
Generated by certwatch(1)
Steps to fix the problem.

Step 1:
Generate new certificate. This will be for 3600 days (about 10 years).
genkey --days 3600 squeel.org
Step 2:
Edit the apache ssl.conf file
/etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf
#
Server Certificate:
# Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate. If
# the certificate is encrypted, then you will be prompted for a
# pass phrase. Note that a kill -HUP will prompt again. A new
# certificate can be generated using the genkey(1) command.
#SSLCertificateFile /etc/pki/tls/certs/localhost.crt
SSLCertificateFile /etc/pki/tls/certs/squeel.org.crt
#
#
#
#
Server Private Key:

If the key is not combined with the certificate, use this
directive to point at the key file. Keep in mind that if
you've both a RSA and a DSA private key you can configure
#
both in parallel (to also allow the use of DSA ciphers, etc.)
#SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/pki/tls/private/localhost.key
SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/pki/tls/private/squeel.org.key
Step 3:
Restart apache
/sbin/service httpd restart
TIP 282
Suppose you're trying to remove an rpm package; but, you have duplicates
# rpm -qa|grep 'firefox'
firefox-3.0.18-1.el5_4
firefox-3.0.18-1.el5_4
# rpm -e firefox-3.0.18-1.el5_4
error: "firefox-3.0.18-1.el5_4" specifies multiple packages
You can still remove both packages using the --allmatches option
# rpm -e --allmatches firefox-3.0.18-1.el5_4
TIP 283
Keeping an ssh session alive from the client. Normally you would
need only one of these options.
ssh -o TCPKeepAlive=yes -o ServerAliveInterval=20 [email protected]
TIP 284
Getting the error "..cannot enable executable stack as shared object..."
For example, you might get the following error:
sqlplus: error while loading shared libraries: libnnz11.so: cannot enable executable stack as
shared object requires: Permission denied
You can fix this problem with the following command.
$ execstack -c libnnz11.so
TIP 285
Gnome Easter Egg: Fish swimming across the screen.
Step 1.
Alt-F2
Step 2.
Type in without the quotes "free the fish"
To disable the swimming fish

killall gnome-pannel
TIP 286
Restarting the hal deamon, so that drives will mount after
someone has yanked the drive out.
/etc/init.d/haldaemon restart
You can see the pid of this daemon at
/var/run/haldaemon.pid
TIP 287
Using the ls command to only list directories
ls -ld */
Or you can use other methods
ls -l |grep '^d'
THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS STARTS THE PROGRAMMING TIPS

PROGRAMMING TIP 1:
Simple open command that restarts the close if a signal
occurs. Also note, the POSIX standards committee decided
all new functions would not use errno and would instead
directly return the error number in the function.
A lot of functions return -1 on an error condition, then,
set errno to the value of the error. This will still work
for all the well known functions; but, it's changing.
/* start of code open.c
Compile gcc -o open open.c
Reference (Look for simple_but_common_x.x.x.tar.gz):
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
<stdio.h>
<unistd.h>
<sys/types.h>
<sys/stat.h>
<fcntl.h>
<stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#define BUFLEN 100
extern int errno;
int
main (void)
{
/* for strerror(int errno) */
int fp,error;
char buf[BUFLEN+1];
if ((fp = open ("data", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0600)) == -1)
{
fprintf (stderr, "Can't open data: %s\n", strerror (errno));
return 1;
}
snprintf (buf, BUFLEN, "123");
write (fp, buf, strlen (buf));
// Restart close should a signal occur */
while((( error = close (fp) ) == -1) && (errno == EINTR));
if(error == -1)
perror("Failed to close the file\n");
return 0;
}
/* end of open.c */
PROGRAMMING TIP 2:
Example of setting the effective UID on a file
/*
start of code
gcc uid_open.c -o uid_open
su
chown root.chirico uid_open
chmod u+s uid_open
exit
Now you can run this as chirico and write to the
root directory
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
<stdio.h>
<stdlib.h>
<sys/types.h>
<sys/stat.h>
<fcntl.h>
<string.h>
<unistd.h>
int main()
{
int fd;
if ((fd = open("/root/datajunk", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0600)) == -1) {
fprintf(stderr, "Can't open file \n");
return 1;
}
write(fd, "0123456", strlen("0123456"));
close(fd);
return 0;
}
/* end of code */
PROGRAMMING TIP 3:
Writing a C http post.
For downloads reference:

http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cpearls/spider.tar.gz?download
PROGRAMMING TIP 4:
Writing a 2.6.x Kernel Module:
Look for the latest version of "procreadwrite". This is a 2.6 kernel
modules that demonstrates how to create /proc entires and write directly
to user-land via tty. It's updated to reflect replacement of "current->tty"
with "current->signal->tty".
PROGRAMMING TIP 5:
Creating a filename with '\n'.
This goes with (TIP 71)
/**** topen.c ***********************************************************

Filenames can be created with any character except the null character
and a slash.
This example creates a file with returns '\n\n'
There's a way to remove a file by inode:
$ ls -libt *
And, once you know the inode
$ find . -inum <num> -exec mv '{}' goodstuff \;
or
$ find . -inum <num> -exec rm '{}' goodstuff \;
or
$ find . -inum <num> -exec cat '{}' \;
Compile:
gcc -o topen -Wall -W -O2 -s -pipe
topen.c
Reference:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cpearls/simple_but_common_0.0.14.tar.gz?download
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
<stdio.h>
<unistd.h>
<sys/types.h>
<sys/stat.h>
<fcntl.h>
<stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#define BUFLEN 100
extern int errno;
/* for strerror(int errno) */
int
main (void)
{
int fp,error;
char buf[BUFLEN+1];
if ((fp = open ("\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0600)) == -1)
{
fprintf (stderr, "Can't open data: %s\n", strerror (errno));
return 1;
}
snprintf (buf, BUFLEN, "123");
write (fp, buf, strlen (buf));
// Restart close should a signal occur */
while((( error = close (fp) ) == -1) && (errno == EINTR));
if(error == -1)
perror("Failed to close the file\n");
return 0;
}
**Note, if you want email notification after every 50 new tips have been
added, then, click on the following link:
https://sourceforge.net/project/filemodule_monitor.php?filemodule_id=120838
PROGRAMMING TIP 6:
Working With The Lemon Parser Generator.
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/souptonuts/lemon_examples.tar.gz?download
PROGRAMMING TIP 7:
copy command for std container output.
#include
#include
#include
#include
<iostream>
<list>
<vector>
<iterator>
using namespace std;

int main(void)
{
vector<int> v;
list<int> l;
v.push_back(1);
v.push_back(2);
copy(v.begin(),v.end(),ostream_iterator<int>(cout,"\n"));
l.push_back(23);
l.push_back(12);
copy(l.begin(),l.end(),ostream_iterator<int>(cout,"\n"));
}
PROGRAMMING TIP 8:
/* Copyright (c) 2005 Mike Chirico [email protected] [email protected]
Example of using virtual functions. Note the use of "initialization lists"

for assinging the variable first and last.
Compile:
g++ -o virtualfunc -Wall -W -O2 -s -pipe
virtual_function.cc
Download:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cpearls/simple_but_common_cpp.tar.gz?download
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
<iostream>
<string>
<list>
<algorithm>
<iterator>
<functional>

class Employee {
string first,last;
public:
Employee(const string& fn="John",const string& ln="Smith"): first(fn),last(ln) {}
virtual void print() const {
cout << "First name: " << first << ", Last name: " << last << endl;
}
virtual ~Employee() {}
};
class Manager : public Employee {
int level;
list<Employee*> subordinates;
public:
Manager(const string& fn="Ivan",const string& ln="Stedwick", int lvl=1): Employee(fn,ln), level(lvl) {}
void print() {
cout << "Manager level: " << level << " ";
Employee::print();
cout << "Supervises:" << endl;
for_each(subordinates.begin(),subordinates.end(),mem_fun(&Employee::print));
cout << endl << endl;
}
void addstaff(Employee& staff){
subordinates.push_front(&staff);
}
void addstaff(Employee* staff){
subordinates.push_front(staff);
}
};
int main()
{
Employee p0("Lisa","Payne");
Manager m0;
m0.addstaff(new Employee("Zoe","Bear")); /* uses void addstaff(Employee* staff) */
m0.addstaff(new Employee("Leah","Bopper"));
m0.addstaff(new Employee("Abby","Chicken"));
m0.addstaff(p0); /* void addstaff(Employee& staff) needed for this one */
m0.addstaff(new Employee());
m0.print();
return 0;
}
PROGRAMMING TIP 9:
/*
Named Constructor Idiom.

Reference: http://www.parashift.com/c++-faq-lite/ctors.html#faq-10.6
*/
#include <iostream>
#include <cmath>
class Point {
public:
static Point rectangular(float x, float y);
static Point polar(float radius, float angle);
float get_x() { return x_; }
float get_y() { return y_; }
private:
Point(float x, float y);
float x_, y_;
};
inline Point::Point(float x, float y)
: x_(x), y_(y) {}
inline Point Point::rectangular(float x, float y)
{ return Point(x,y); }
inline Point Point::polar(float radius, float angle)
{ return Point(radius*cos(angle),radius*sin(angle)); }
int main(void)
{
Point p1 = Point::rectangular(5.7,1.2);
Point p2 = Point::polar(5.7,1.2);
cout << "(" << p1.get_x() << ", " << p1.get_y() << ")" << endl;
cout << "(" << p2.get_x() << ", " << p2.get_y() << ")" << endl;
}
PROGRAMMING TIP 10:

/* Copy_constructor_assignment.cc
Copyright (c) 2004 GPL Mike Chirico, [email protected] or [email protected]
Reference: "The C++ Programming Language", 3rd ed, by Stroustrup
pg. 246.
Download:
http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cpearls/simple_but_common.tar.gz?download
*/
#include <iostream>
class Name {
public:
char* s;
};
class Table {
Name *p;
size_t sz;
public:
Table(size_t s=15) {
p = new Name[sz=s];
for(size_t i=0; i< sz; ++i) p[i].s="****";
}
Table(const Table &t);
Table& operator=(const Table&);
int prt();
void asgn(char* ts,size_t index);
~Table(){ delete[] p; }
};
Table& Table::operator=(const Table &t)

{
if( this != &t) {
delete[] p;
p = new Name[sz=t.sz];
for(size_t i=0; i< t.sz; ++i) p[i]=t.p[i];
}
return *this;
}
int Table::prt()
{
for(size_t i=0; i< sz; ++i) std::cout << p[i].s << " ";
std::cout << std::endl;
return 0;
}
/*
asgn will increase the array of strings, if needed
to size index+1, and add the string ts to position
index.
*/
void Table::asgn(char* ts,size_t index)
{
if(index < sz ) {
p[index].s=ts;
}else if ( index >= sz ){
Name *tp;
tp=p;
p = new Name[index+1];
for(size_t i=0; i< sz; ++i) p[i].s=tp[i].s;
delete [] tp;
for(size_t i=sz; i < index; ++i)p[i].s="****";
p[index].s=ts;
sz=index+1;
}
}
int main(void)
{
Table t1;
Table t2(5);
// this is bigger than initial sz

t1.asgn("myname",20);
t1.prt();
t2.prt();
t1=t2;
t1.prt();
t2.prt();
}
PROGRAMMING TIP 11:

The following is an example of creating a vector like structure in C.
Reference: http://chirico.googlecode.com/svn/trunk/c/simple_but_common/vector.c
/* vector.c -* Copyright 2009 cwxstat LLC., Elkins Park, Pennsylvania.
* All Rights Reserved.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
*
* Authors:
*
Mike Chirico <[email protected]>
*
*/
/*
This works a bit like C++'s vector.
*/
#include
#include
#include
#include
<stdio.h>
<stdlib.h>
<malloc.h>
<string.h>
typedef struct
{
char **key;
char **val;
int argc;
} Key_val;
typedef struct
{
char **key;
Key_val **val;
int argc;
} Vec;
USA
Vec *
vecAdd(Vec * c, const char *key, Key_val * val)
{
char *s = NULL;
Key_val *v = NULL;
char **t = NULL;
Key_val **tC = NULL;
s = (char *)malloc(sizeof(char) * (strlen(key) + 1));

if (s == NULL)
return NULL;
v = val;
strcpy(s, key);
if (c == NULL) {
c = (Vec *) malloc(sizeof(Vec));
if (c == NULL)
return NULL;
c->key = NULL;
c->val = NULL;
c->argc = 0;
}
c->argc = c->argc + 1;
t = (char **) realloc(c->key,sizeof(char *) * (long unsigned int)c->argc);
if (t == NULL)
return NULL;
t[c->argc - 1] = s;
c->key = t;
tC = realloc(c->val, sizeof(Key_val *) * (long unsigned int) c->argc);
if (tC == NULL)
return NULL;
tC[c->argc - 1] = v;
c->val = tC;
return c;
}
Key_val *
keyAdd(Key_val * c, const char *key, const char *val)
{
char *s = NULL;
char *v = NULL;
char **t = NULL;
s = (char *)malloc(sizeof(char) * (strlen(key) + 1));

if (s == NULL)
return NULL;
v = (char *)malloc(sizeof(char) * (strlen(val) + 1));
if (v == NULL)
return NULL;
strcpy(s, key);
strcpy(v, val);
if (c == NULL) {
c = (Key_val *) malloc(sizeof(Key_val));
if (c == NULL)
return NULL;
c->key = NULL;
c->val = NULL;
c->argc = 0;
}
c->argc = c->argc + 1;
t = realloc(c->key, sizeof(char *) * (long unsigned int) c->argc);
if (t == NULL)
return NULL;
t[c->argc - 1] = s;
c->key = t;
t = realloc(c->val, sizeof(char *) * (long unsigned int) c->argc);
if (t == NULL)
return NULL;
t[c->argc - 1] = v;
c->val = t;
return c;
}
void
pr(Key_val * c)
{
int i;
if (c == NULL)
return;
for (i = 0; i < c->argc; ++i)
printf("%s->%s\n", c->key[i], c->val[i]);
return;
}
void
prV(Vec * c)
{
int i;
if (c == NULL)
return;
for (i = 0; i < c->argc; ++i) {
printf("[%s]=>\n", c->key[i]);
pr(c->val[i]);
printf("\n\n");
}
return;
}
void
myfree(Key_val * c)
{
if (c == NULL)
return;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < c->argc; ++i) {
free(c->key[i]);
free(c->val[i]);
}
free(c->key);
free(c->val);
free(c);
}
void
myfreeV(Vec * c)
{
if (c == NULL)
return;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < c->argc; ++i) {
free(c->key[i]);
myfree(c->val[i]);
}
free(c->key);
free(c->val);
free(c);
}
char *
find(Key_val * c,const char *s)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < c->argc; ++i)
if (strcmp(c->key[i], s) == 0)
return c->val[i];
return NULL;
}
/*
Find a particular key_val in a vector given
a vector key.
*/
Key_val *
findK(Vec * c, const char *s)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < c->argc; ++i)
if (strcmp(c->key[i], s) == 0)
return c->val[i];
return NULL;
}
int
main(void)
{
Key_val *k = NULL;
Vec *v = NULL;
char *s;
k
k
k
k
v
=
=
=
=
=
keyAdd(k,
keyAdd(k,
keyAdd(k,
keyAdd(k,
vecAdd(v,
"one", "1");
"two", "2");
"three", "3");
"four", "4");
"ONE", k);
k
k
k
k
k
v
=
=
=
=
=
=
NULL;
keyAdd(k,
keyAdd(k,
keyAdd(k,
keyAdd(k,
vecAdd(v,
"twenty one", "21");

"twenty two", "22");
"twenty three", "23");
"twenty four", "24");
"TWO", k);
prV(v);
printf("\n\n ................ \n\n");
/* Example returning key_val from the string found in vector v */
pr(findK(v,"ONE"));
s = (char *)malloc(sizeof(char) * 80);
strcpy(s, "two");
fprintf(stderr, "find(c,%s)=%s\n", s, find(k, s));
strcpy(s, "four");
fprintf(stderr, "find(c,%s)=%s\n", s, find(k, s));
free(s);
myfreeV(v);
/* Note myfreeV calls this */
//myfree(k);
return 0;
}
REFERENCES:
(1) http://www.tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/index.html
(2) http://www.shelldorado.com/ (3)
http://www.faqs.org/ftp/usenet/news.answers/unix-faq/faq/part1
(4) http://www-106.ibm.com/developerworks/library/l-rpm1/
(5) http://www-136.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/ (6)
http://www.gnu.org/manual/manual.html (7) http://fedora.redhat.com/
(8) http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/chirico/index.php (9)
http://www.faqs.org/faqs/
(10) http://www.faqs.org/docs/linux_network/ (11)
http://www.tml.hut.fi/~viu/linux/sag/sag-0.6.2.html/index.html (12)
http://www.yolinux.com/TUTORIALS/LinuxTutorialSysAdmin.html (13)
http://sed.sourceforge.net/grabbag/scripts/
SUMMARY:
(1)(2)(3) Excellent resource for bash scripts.
(4) rpm resource
(6) GNU Manuals Online
(7)Fedora
(8) Authors Website
(11)(12) System Admin
(13) Excellent source of sed scripts
HIGHLY RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
"THE Java Programming Language, Fourth Edition", Ken Arnold, James Gosling,
David Holmes. Prentice Hall. 2005
"The Ruby Programming Language", David Flanagan, Yukihiro Matsumoto
O'Reilly. 2008.
"Essential Linux Device Drivers", Sreekrishnan Venkateswaran
Prentice Hall. 2008.
"Head First Object-Oriented Analysis & Design", Brett D. McLaughlin,
Gary Pollice and David West. O'Reilly. 2006.
"Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software",
Erich Gamma,
Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson, John Vlissides. Addison Wesley. 1995.
"Head First Design Patterns", Bert Bates, Elisabeth Freeman,
Eric Freeman,
Kathy Sierra. O'Reilly. 2004.
"The Definitive Guide to SQLite", Michael Owens. Apress.
"Higher Order Perl, Trnasforming Programs with Programs", Mark
Jason Dominus
http://hop.perl.plover.com/
"Effective C++, 55 Specific Ways to Improve Your Programs and
Designs", Scott Meyers.
Third Edition.
"C++ Common Knowledge, Essential Intermediate Programming", Stephen
C. Dewhurst.
"UNIX Network Programming, The Sockets Networking API", Volume 1,
Third Edition.
W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew M. Rudoff.
"UNIX Network Programming, Interprocess Communications", Volume 2,
Second Edition.
W. Richard Stevens.
"UNIX SYSTEMS Programming, Communication, Concurrency, and Threads",
Kay A. Robbins,
Steven Robbins
"Programming with POSIX Threads", David R. Butenhof. Addison-Wesley
"The C++ Programming Language" Third Edition. Bjarne
Stroustrup. Addison-Wesley.
"C Programming Language" (2nd Edition), Second Edition, Kernighan
and Ritchie
"Advanced Linux Programming" by Mark Mitchell, Jeffrey Oldham,
and Alex Samuel, of
CodeSourcery LL. This book if free at the following resource:
http://www.advancedlinuxprogramming.com/
"Accelerated C++, Practical Programming by Example" Andrew Koenig,
Barbara E. Moo.
Addison-Wesley.
"C: A Reference Manual", Fifth Edition, Samuel P. Harbison, Guy
L. Steele.
"C++ Standard Library: A Tutorial and Reference, The", Nicolai
M. Josuttis. Addison Wesley.
"C++ Templates: The Complete Guide", David Vandevoorde, Nicolai

M. Josuttis. Addison Wesley.
"Exceptional C++: 47 Engineering Puzzles, Programming Problems,
and Solutions", Herb Sutter.
Addison Wesley.
"More Exceptional C++", Herb Sutter.
"Exceptional C++ Style: 40 New Engineering Puzzles, Programming
Problems, and Solutions",
Herb Sutter. Addison Wesley.
"The Art of Computer Programming (TAOCP)", Vol 1,Vol 2, Vol 3. Donald
E. Knuth. Addison-Wesley.
"Programming Perl, 3rd Edition", Tom Christiansen, Jon Orwant,
Larry Wall. O'Reilly.
"Programming from the Ground Up", Jonathan Bartlett, Edited by
Dominick Bruno, Jr.
http://savannah.nongnu.org/download/pgubook/
"Expert C Programming", Peter van der Linden, Prentice Hall PTR.
"C++ Coding Standards 101 Rules, Guidelines, and Best Practices",

by Herb Sutter and
Andrei Alexandrescu.
http://www.gotw.ca/publications/c++cs/bibliography.htm
"Linux Kernel Development: A practical guide to the design and
implementation of
the Linux kernel", by Robert Love, Sams Publishing.
"C++ Template Metaprogramming: Concepts, Tools, and Techniques from
Boost and Beyond", by
David Abrahams and Aleksey Gurtovoy. Addison Wesley.
HIGHLY RECOMMENDED: PHILOSOPHICAL

"Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance: An Inquiry into Values",
Robert Pirsig.
http://www.virtualschool.edu/mon/Quality/PirsigZen/index.html
"Lila: An Inquiry Into Morals", Robert Pirsig.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
"Structure and Interpretation of Computer Programs", Harold Abelson,
Gerald Jay Sussman,
Julie Sussman. This book is free:
http://mitpress.mit.edu/sicp/full-text/book/book.html
and
http://www.gnu.org/software/mit-scheme/
RECOMMENDED HOWTOS:
Linux Networking-HOWTO (Previously the Net-3 Howto)
http://en.tldp.org/HOWTO/NET3-4-HOWTO.html
CORRECTIONS:
The following people made suggestions and corrections:

- Jorge Fabregas <[email protected]> TIP 21 - Malcolm Parsons
<[email protected]> TIP 44 - Andreas Haunschmidt
<[email protected]> TIP 102, TIP 90 - [email protected]
(Following links ) - [email protected] TIP 46
http://www.pixelbeat.org/cmdline.html
http://www.pixelbeat.org/rotagator/linux.tips/rotagator.fortune
http://www.pixelbeat.org/scripts/
- Tobias Nix <[email protected]> TIP 12 - Philip Vanmontfort
<[email protected]> TIP 36 - Jorg Esser <[email protected]>
TIP 110
ADDITIONAL TUTORIALS
Linux Quota Tutorial This tutorial walks you through implementing disk quotas for both users and groups on Linux, using a virtual filesystem, which is a filesystem created from a disk file. Since quotas work
on a per-filesystem basis, this is a way to implement quotas on a sub-section, or even multiple subsections of your drive, without reformatting. This tutorial also covers quotactl, or quota's C interface, by way of
an example program that can store disk usage in a SQLite database for monitoring data usage over time.
Gmail on Home Linux Box using Postfix and Fetchmail If you have a Google Gmail account, you can relay mail from your home linux system. It's a good exercise in configuring Postfix with TLS and SASL.
Plus, you will learn how to bring down the mail safely, using fetchmail with the "sslcertck" option.
Breaking Firewalls with OpenSSH and PuTTY If the system administrator deliberately filters out all traffic except port 22 (ssh), to a single server, it is very likely that you can still gain access other
computers behind the firewall. This article shows how remote Linux and Windows users can gain access to firewalled samba, mail, and http servers. In essence, it shows how openSSH and Putty can be used as a
VPN solution for your home or workplace.
Create your own custom Live Linux CD These steps will show you how to create a functioning Linux system, with the latest 2.6 kernel compiled from source, and how to integrate the BusyBox utilities
including the installation of DHCP. Plus, how to compile in the OpenSSH package on this CD based system. On system boot-up a filesystem will be created and the contents from the CD will be uncompressed
and completely loaded into RAM -- the CD could be removed at this point for boot-up on a second computer. The remaining functioning system will have full ssh capabilities. You can take over any PC
assuming, of course, you have configured the kernel with the appropriate drivers and the PC can boot from a CD.
SQLite Tutorial This article explores the power and simplicity of sqlite3, first by starting with common commands and triggers, then the attach statement with the union operation is introduced in a way that
allows multiple tables, in separate databases, to be combined as one virtual table, without the overhead of copying or moving data. Next, the simple sign function and the amazingly powerful trick of using this
function in SQL select statements to solve complex queries with a single pass through the data is demonstrated, after making a brief mathematical case for how the sign function defines the absolute value and IF
conditions.
Lemon Parser Tutorial Lemon is a compact, thread safe, well-tested parser generator written by D. Richard Hipp. Using a parser generator, along with a scanner like flex, can be advantageous because there is
less code to write. You just write the grammar for the parser. This article is an introduction to the Lemon Parser, complete with examples.
Mike Chirico, a father of triplets (all girls) lives outside of Philadelphia, PA, USA. He has worked with Linux since 1996, has a Masters in Computer Science and Mathematics from
Villanova University, and has worked in computer-related jobs from Wall Street to the University of Pennsylvania. His hero is Paul Erdos, a brilliant number theorist who was known for his open collaboration with
others.
Mike's notes page is souptonuts. For open source consulting needs, please send an email to [email protected]. All consulting work must include a donation to SourceForge.net.

Linux Tips

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Linux Tips

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Linux Tips

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mike Chirico ([email protected]) or (mchirico@gmail.

For tips on Gmail with Postix and Fetchmail

For tips on MySQL reference:

For a recommended reading list

For tips on upgrading RedHat 9 or 8.0 to 2.6.x src kernel

For tips on Comcast Email with Home Linux Box

*192.5.41.41 .USNO. 1 u 110 128 377 33.69 9.533 3.534

The following are possible values for TZ:

BST for British Summer.

The following is an example of setting the TZ environment variable

Mm.w.d This specifies day d (0 <= d <= 6) of week w (1 <= w <= 5) of

Compare 10-30-2004 with 10-31-2004. Sunrise is an hour earlier because

STEP 4 (Extract the contents)

above there is a "-" at the end... this will

STEP 2 (Make an ext2 or ext3 file system) -- ext2 shown here.

It only asks this because it's a file

STEP 4 (When done, umount it)

HELPFUL INFORMATION: It is possible to bind mount partitions, or associate the

Note, in STEP 1 the filename is "ifcfg-eth0", whereas in

^------- users are added to this group.

can test their account.

"You need to '-' to pickup thier environment

'$ su - chirico' "

to the table of contents of the current section.

The following is a good starting point:

- Open a file-based or command pipeline channel

To get specific information about the open commmand

moves forward one page

To get section numbers

To find the man page directly, "ls" command:

"CTL - z" Temporarily suspends the job

-exec ls {} \; > last48hours

So above that was a ctl-z to suppend. Then, bg to run it in

nice -n +15 find . -ctime 2 -exec ls -l {} \; >mout &

$ renice +30 -p 29388

CAUTION: Note that shred relies on a

very important assumption: that the file system overwrites data

* log-structured or journaled file systems, such as those supplied with

Also see (TIP 52).

$ fuser -km /work

*NOTE: (TIP 77) shows sample usage of "ifconfig". Also

First number is the number of seconds since boot.

This shows load at 1,5, and 15 minutes,

Or current process open file descriptors

"This gives limits"

Need to "watch" everything a user does?

The following watches donkey.

$ watch lsof -u donkey

going on in directory "/work/junk"

$ watch lsof +D /work/junk

On the local server

ssh-keygen -t dsa -b 2048

This will create the two files:

Note: see tip 1. The clock should always be correctly set.

or looking for error rates on the interface?

Below is a sample ".htaccess" file which goes in

Also, a password file must be created

Working with "mt" Commands: reading and writing to tape.

# tar -czf /dev/nst0 one two

# tar -czf /dev/nst0 three four